Until now, when DROP DATABASE got interrupted in the wrong moment, the removal
of the pg_database row would also roll back, even though some irreversible
steps have already been taken. E.g. DropDatabaseBuffers() might have thrown
out dirty buffers, or files could have been unlinked. But we continued to
allow connections to such a corrupted database.
To fix this, mark databases invalid with an in-place update, just before
starting to perform irreversible steps. As we can't add a new column in the
back branches, we use pg_database.datconnlimit = -2 for this purpose.
An invalid database cannot be connected to anymore, but can still be
dropped.
Unfortunately we can't easily add output to psql's \l to indicate that some
database is invalid, it doesn't fit in any of the existing columns.
Add tests verifying that a interrupted DROP DATABASE is handled correctly in
the backend and in various tools.
Reported-by: Evgeny Morozov <postgresql3@realityexists.net>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230509004637.cgvmfwrbht7xm7p6@awork3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230314174521.74jl6ffqsee5mtug@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11-, bug present in all supported versions
Previously we only allowed unique B-tree constraints on partitions
(and only if the constraint included all the partition keys). But we
could allow exclusion constraints with the same restriction. We also
require that those columns be compared for equality, not something
like &&.
Author: Paul A. Jungwirth <pj@illuminatedcomputing.com>
Reviewed-by: Ronan Dunklau <ronan.dunklau@aiven.io>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/ec8b1d9b-502e-d1f8-e909-1bf9dffe6fa5@illuminatedcomputing.com
This commit adds two columns: indexes_total and indexes_processed, to
pg_stat_progress_vacuum system view to show the index vacuum
progress. These numbers are reported in the "vacuuming indexes" and
"cleaning up indexes" phases.
This uses the new parallel message type for progress reporting added
by be06506e7.
Bump catversion because this changes the definition of
pg_stat_progress_vacuum.
Author: Sami Imseih
Reviewed by: Masahiko Sawada, Michael Paquier, Nathan Bossart, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5478DFCD-2333-401A-B2F0-0D186AB09228@amazon.com
As coded, the code would use as a base comparison the namespace OID from
the first object scanned in pg_depend when switching its namespace
dependency entry to the new one, and use it as a base of comparison for
any follow-up checks. It would also be used as the old namespace OID to
switch *from* for the extension's pg_depend entry. Hence, if the first
object scanned has a namespace different than the one stored in the
extension, we would finish by:
- Not checking that the extension objects map with the extension's
schema.
- Not switching the extension -> namespace dependency entry to the new
namespace provided by the user, making ALTER EXTENSION ineffective.
This issue exists since this command has been introduced in d9572c4 for
relocatable extension, so backpatch all the way down to 11. The test
case has been provided by Heikki, that I have tweaked a bit to show the
effects on pg_depend for the extension.
Reported-by: Heikki Linnakangas
Author: Michael Paquier, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20eea594-a05b-4c31-491b-007b6fceef28@iki.fi
Backpatch-through: 11
The restrictedToken handle was set but never read, so remove the
variable and change to a boolean style check to match other uses
of CreateRestrictedProcess().
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/62A63C81-3893-4E3F-A34E-2081DF67074E@yesql.se
This is useful to show the allocation state of huge pages when setting
up a server with "huge_pages = try", where allocating huge pages would
be attempted but the server would continue its startup sequence even if
the allocation fails. The effective status of huge pages is not easily
visible without OS-level tools (or for instance, a lookup at
/proc/N/smaps), and the environments where Postgres runs may not
authorize that. Like the other GUCs related to huge pages, this works
for Linux and Windows.
This GUC can report as values:
- "on", if huge pages were allocated.
- "off", if huge pages were not allocated.
- "unknown", a special state that could only be seen when using for
example postgres -C because it is only possible to know if the shared
memory allocation worked after we can check for the GUC values, even if
checking a runtime-computed GUC. This value should never be seen when
querying for the GUC on a running server. An assertion is added to
check that.
The discussion has also turned around having a new function to grab this
status, but this would have required more tricks for -DEXEC_BACKEND,
something that GUCs already handle.
Noriyoshi Shinoda has initiated the thread that has led to the result of
this commit.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TU4PR8401MB1152EBB0D271F827E2E37A01EECC9@TU4PR8401MB1152.NAMPRD84.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM
Commit 7b64e4b3 taught DropSubscription() to drop stats entry of
subscription that is not associated with a replication slot for apply
worker at DROP SUBSCRIPTION but missed covering the case where the
subscription is not associated with replication slots for both apply
worker and tablesync worker.
Also add a test to verify that the stats for slot-less subscription is
removed at DROP SUBSCRIPTION time.
Backpatch down to 15.
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Hayato Kuroda, Melih Mutlu, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoB71zkP7uPT7JDPsZcvp0749ExEQnOJxeNKPDFisHar+w@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 15
Several commands internally assemble command lines to call other
commands. This includes initdb, pg_dumpall, and pg_regress. (Also
pg_ctl, but that is different enough that I didn't consider it here.)
This has all evolved a bit organically, with fixed-size buffers, and
various optional command-line arguments being injected with
confusing-looking code, and the spacing between options handled in
inconsistent ways. Clean all this up a bit to look clearer and be
more easily extensible with new arguments and options. We start each
command with printfPQExpBuffer(), and then append arguments as
necessary with appendPQExpBuffer(). Also standardize on using
initPQExpBuffer() over createPQExpBuffer() where possible. pg_regress
uses StringInfo instead of PQExpBuffer, but many of the same ideas
apply.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/16d0beac-a141-e5d3-60e9-323da75f49bf@eisentraut.org
The documentation and the code is generated automatically from a new
file called wait_event_names.txt, formatted in sections dedicated to
each wait event class (Timeout, Lock, IO, etc.) with three tab-separated
fields:
- C symbol in enums
- Format in the system views
- Description in the docs
Using this approach has several advantages, as we have proved to be
rather bad in maintaining this area of the tree across the years:
- The order of each item in the documentation and the code, which should
be alphabetical, has become incorrect multiple times, and the script
generating the code and documentation has a few rules to enforce that,
making the maintenance a no-brainer.
- Some wait events were added to the code, but not documented, so this
cannot be missed now.
- The order of the tables for each wait event class is enforced in the
documentation (the input .txt file does so as well for clarity, though
this is not mandatory).
- Less code, shaving 1.2k lines from the tree, with 1/3 of the savings
coming from the code, the rest from the documentation.
The wait event types "Lock" and "LWLock" still have their own code path
for their code, hence only the documentation is created for them. These
classes are listed with a special marker called WAIT_EVENT_DOCONLY in
the input file.
Adding a new wait event now requires only an update of
wait_event_names.txt, with "Lock" and "LWLock" treated as exceptions.
This commit has been tested with configure/Makefile, the CI and VPATH
build. clean, distclean and maintainer-clean were working fine.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77a86b3a-c4a8-5f5d-69b9-d70bbf2e9b98@gmail.com
This removes md5() function calls from these test suites:
- bloom
- test_decoding
- isolation
- recovery
- subscription
This covers all remaining test suites where md5() calls were just used
to generate some random data and can be replaced by appropriately
adapted sha256() calls. This will eventually allow these tests to
pass in OpenSSL FIPS mode (which does not allow MD5 use). See also
208bf364a9. Unlike for the main regression tests, I didn't write a
fipshash() wrapper here, because that would have been too repetitive
and wouldn't really save much here. In some cases it was easier to
remove one layer of indirection by changing column types from text to
bytea.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f9b480b5-e473-d2d1-223a-4b9db30a229a@eisentraut.org
Previously an "amcanorderbyop" index would only be used when the index
could provide sorted results which satisfied all query_pathkeys. Here
we relax this so that we also allow these indexes to be considered by the
planner when they only provide partially sorted results. This allows the
planner to later consider making use of an Incremental Sort to satisfy the
remaining pathkeys. This change is particularly useful for KNN-type
queries which contain a LIMIT clause and an additional ORDER BY clause for
a non-indexed column.
Author: Miroslav Bendik
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPoEpV0QYDtzjwamwWUBqyWpaCVbJV2d6qOD7Uy09bWn47PJtw%40mail.gmail.com
The following routines are added to libpq:
PGresult *PQclosePrepared(PGconn *conn, const char *stmt);
PGresult *PQclosePortal(PGconn *conn, const char *portal);
int PQsendClosePrepared(PGconn *conn, const char *stmt);
int PQsendClosePortal(PGconn *conn, const char *portal);
The "send" routines are non-blocking versions of the two others.
Close messages are part of the protocol but they did not have a libpq
implementation. And, having these routines is for instance useful with
connection poolers as these can detect more easily Close messages
than DEALLOCATE queries.
The implementation takes advantage of what the Describe routines rely on
for portals and statements. Some regression tests are added in
libpq_pipeline, for the four new routines, by closing portals and
statements created already by the tests.
Author: Jelte Fennema
Reviewed-by: Jian He, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGECzQTb4xFAopAVokudB+L62Kt44mNAL4Z9zZ7UTrs1TRFvWA@mail.gmail.com
Here are some notes about this change:
- As X509_get_signature_nid() should always exist (OpenSSL and
LibreSSL), hence HAVE_X509_GET_SIGNATURE_NID is now gone.
- OPENSSL_API_COMPAT is bumped to 0x10002000L.
- One comment related to 1.0.1e introduced by 74242c2 is removed.
Upstream OpenSSL still provides long-term support for 1.0.2 in a closed
fashion, so removing it is out of scope for a few years, at least.
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion, Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZG3JNursG69dz1lr@paquier.xyz
The following changes are done:
- Addition of WaitEventBufferPin and WaitEventExtension, that hold a
list of wait events related to each category.
- Addition of two functions that encapsulate the list of wait events for
each category.
- Rename BUFFER_PIN to BUFFERPIN (only this wait event class used an
underscore, requiring a specific rule in the automation script).
These changes make a bit easier the automatic generation of all the code
and documentation related to wait events, as all the wait event
categories are now controlled by consistent structures and functions.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c6f35117-4b20-4c78-1df5-d3056010dcf5@gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77a86b3a-c4a8-5f5d-69b9-d70bbf2e9b98@gmail.com
When set, this environment variable was only effective for data
directories but not for all the other temporary files created by
PostgreSQL::Test::Utils. Keeping the temporary files after a successful
run can be useful for debugging purposes.
The documentation is updated to reflect the new behavior, with contents
available in doc/ since v16 and in src/test/perl/README since v15.
Author: Jacob Champion
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAWbhmgHtDH1SGZ+Fw05CsXtE0mzTmjbuUxLB9mY9iPKgM6cUw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YyPd9unV14SX2bLF@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 11
Per the code coverage report, the existing regression tests did not
exercice some a couple important BRIN minmax-multi code paths.
- The tests focused on testing planning with a range of scan key
strategies, but not the execution. Fixed by adding queries that
actually test query execution for both equality and inequality.
- All tests created indexes after inserting data, but this only
exercises the CREATE INDEX strategy that sees all values at once, not
incremental summary updates. The new tests flip the order and create
the index before adding data.
- The assert check(s) validating correctness of expanded ranges were
present only in the "union" code path, which is not covered by
regression tests at all (as it requires concurrency etc.). Fixed by
adding the asserts to a couple more places.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/57020b2e-d9c9-9bc7-4892-b36d9bb07563%40enterprisedb.com
The logic that introduced partitioned indexes missed a few things when
invalidating a partitioned index when these are created, still the code
is written to handle recursions:
1) If created from scratch because a mapping index could not be found,
the new index created could be itself invalid, if for example it was a
partitioned index with one of its leaves invalid.
2) A CCI was missing when indisvalid is set for a parent index, leading
to inconsistent trees when recursing across more than one level for a
partitioned index creation if an invalidation of the parent was
required.
This could lead to the creation of a partition index tree where some of
the partitioned indexes are marked as invalid, but some of the parents
are marked valid, which is not something that should happen (as
validatePartitionedIndex() defines, indisvalid is switched to true for a
partitioned index iff all its partitions are themselves valid).
This patch makes sure that indisvalid is set to false on a partitioned
index if at least one of its partition is invalid. The flag is set to
true if *all* its partitions are valid.
The regression test added in this commit abuses of a failed concurrent
index creation, marked as invalid, that maps with an index created on
its partitioned table afterwards.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Reviewed-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14987634-43c0-0cb3-e075-94d423607e08@gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
ALTER TABLE .. SET ACCESS METHOD was not registering a dependency to the
new access method with the relation altered in its rewrite phase, making
possible the drop of an access method even if there are relations that
depend on it. During the rewrite, a temporary relation is created to
build the new relation files before swapping the new and old files, and,
while the temporary relation was registering a correct dependency to the
new AM, the old relation did not do that. A dependency on the access
method is added when the relation files are swapped, which is the point
where pg_class is updated.
Materialized views and tables use the same code path, hence both were
impacted.
Backpatch down to 15, where this command has been introduced.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18000-9145c25b1af475ca@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 15
An outer join cannot be formed using an input path that is parameterized
by a value that is supposed to be nulled by the outer join. This is
obviously nonsensical, and it could lead to a bad plan being selected;
although currently it seems that we'll hit various sanity-check
assertions first.
I think that such cases were formerly prevented by the delay_upper_joins
mechanism, but now that that's gone we need an explicit check.
(Perhaps we should avoid generating baserel paths that could
lead to this situation in the first place; but it seems like
having a defense at the join level would be a good idea anyway.)
Richard Guo and Tom Lane, per report from Jaime Casanova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJKUy5g2uZRrUDZJ8p-=giwcSHVUn0c9nmdxPSY0jF0Ov8VoEA@mail.gmail.com
If the given composite datum is toasted out-of-line,
DatumGetHeapTupleHeader will perform database accesses to detoast it.
That can invalidate the result of get_cached_rowtype, as documented
(perhaps not plainly enough) in that function's API spec; which leads
to strange errors or crashes when we try to use the TupleDesc to read
the tuple. In short then, trying to update a field of a composite
column could fail intermittently if the overall column value is wide
enough to require toasting.
We can fix the bug at no cost by just changing the order of
operations, since we don't need the TupleDesc until after detoasting.
(Other callers of get_cached_rowtype appear to get this right already,
so there's only one bug.)
Note that the added regression test case reveals this bug reliably
only with debug_discard_caches/CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS.
Per bug #17994 from Alexander Lakhin. Sadly, this patch does not fix
the missing-values issue revealed in the bug discussion; we'll need
some more work to cover that.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17994-5c7100b51b4790e9@postgresql.org
A portion of ALTER TABLE .. ATTACH PARTITION is to ensure that the
partition being attached to the partitioned table has a correct set of
indexes, so as there is a consistent index mapping between the
partitioned table and its new-to-be partition. However, as introduced
in 8b08f7d, the current logic could choose an invalid index as a match,
which is something that can exist when dealing with more than two levels
of partitioning, like attaching a partitioned table (that has
partitions, with an index created by CREATE INDEX ON ONLY) to another
partitioned table.
A partitioned index with indisvalid set to false is equivalent to an
incomplete partition tree, meaning that an invalid partitioned index
does not have indexes defined in all its partitions. Hence, choosing an
invalid partitioned index can create inconsistent partition index trees,
where the parent attaching to is valid, but its partition may be
invalid.
In the report from Alexander Lakhin, this showed up as an assertion
failure when validating an index. Without assertions enabled, the
partition index tree would be actually broken, as indisvalid should
be switched to true for a partitioned index once all its partitions are
themselves valid. With two levels of partitioning, the top partitioned
table used a valid index and was able to link to an invalid index stored
on its partition, itself a partitioned table.
I have studied a few options here (like the possibility to switch
indisvalid to false for the parent), but came down to the conclusion
that we'd better rely on a simple rule: invalid indexes had better never
be chosen, so as the partition attached uses and creates indexes that
the parent expects. Some regression tests are added to provide some
coverage. Note that the existing coverage is not impacted.
This is a problem since partitioned indexes exist, so backpatch all the
way down to v11.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/14987634-43c0-0cb3-e075-94d423607e08@gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
One of the tests for the pipeline mode with portal description expects a
non-NULL PQgetResult, but used an incorrect error message on failure,
telling that PQgetResult being NULL was the expected result.
Author: Jelte Fennema
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGECzQTkShHecFF+EZrm94Lbsu2ej569T=bz+PjMbw9Aiioxuw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 14
ff9618e82a introduced has_partition_ancestor_privs(), which is used
to check whether a user has MAINTAIN on any partition ancestors.
This involves syscache lookups, and presently this function does
not take any relation locks, so it is likely subject to the same
kind of cache lookup failures that were fixed by 19de0ab23c.
To fix this problem, this commit partially reverts ff9618e82a.
Specifically, it removes the partition-related changes, including
the has_partition_ancestor_privs() function mentioned above. This
means that MAINTAIN on a partitioned table is no longer sufficient
to perform maintenance commands on its partitions. This is more
like how privileges for maintenance commands work on supported
versions. Privileges are checked for each partition, so a command
that flows down to all partitions might refuse to process them
(e.g., if the current user doesn't have MAINTAIN on the partition).
In passing, adjust a few related comments and error messages, and
add a test for the privilege checks for CLUSTER on a partitioned
table.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230613211246.GA219055%40nathanxps13
exec_parse_message() wants to create a cached plan in all cases,
including for empty input. The empty-input path does not have
a test for being in an aborted transaction, making it possible
that plancache.c will fail due to trying to do database lookups
even though there's no real work to do.
One solution would be to throw an aborted-transaction error in
this path too, but it's not entirely clear whether the lack of
such an error was intentional or whether some clients might be
relying on non-error behavior. Instead, let's hack plancache.c
so that it treats empty statements with the same logic it
already had for transaction control commands, ensuring that it
can soldier through even in an already-aborted transaction.
Per bug #17983 from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to all
supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17983-da4569fcb878672e@postgresql.org
This partially reverts 68cb5af, as using archiving to enforce the
rename of the last partial segment of the old timeline at promotion to
use .partial as suffix is impacting the tests when it does switchovers.
As showed by the logs gathered by the CI in the tests that failed, a new
standby may fail to find the WAL segment it needs to follow a promoted
instance with its timeline jump, as it got renamed to .partial.
This problem would manifest as a run timeout with 009_twophase.pl, as
the new standby repeatedly requests a segment from the promoted primary
that it would not find.
Reported-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230621043345.GA787473@nathanxps13
Backpatch-through: 13
If the inner-side expressions contain PARAM_EXEC Params, we must
re-hash whenever the values of those Params change. The executor
mechanism for that exists already, but we failed to invoke it because
finalize_plan() neglected to search the Hash.hashkeys field for
Params. This allowed a previous scan's hash table to be re-used
when it should not be, leading to rows missing from the join's output.
(I believe incorrectly-included join rows are impossible however,
since checking the real hashclauses would reject false matches.)
This bug is very ancient, dating probably to d24d75ff1 of 7.4.
Sadly, this simple fix depends on the plan representational changes
made by 2abd7ae9b, so it will only work back to v12. I thought
about trying to make some kind of hack for v11, but I'm leery
of putting code significantly different from what is used in the
newer branches into a nearly-EOL branch. Seeing that the bug
escaped detection for a full twenty years, problematic cases
must be rare; so I don't feel too awful about leaving v11 as-is.
Per bug #17985 from Zuming Jiang. Back-patch to v12.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17985-748b66607acd432e@postgresql.org
I removed the delay_upper_joins mechanism in commit b448f1c8d,
reasoning that it was only needed when we have a single-table
(SELECT ... WHERE) as the immediate RHS child of a left join,
and we could get rid of that by hoisting the WHERE condition into
the parent join's quals. However that new code missed a case:
we could have "foo LEFT JOIN ((SELECT ... WHERE) LEFT JOIN bar)",
and if the two left joins can be commuted then we now have the
problematic query shape. We can fix this too easily enough,
by allowing the syntactically-lower left join to pass through
its parent qual location pointer recursively. That lets
prepjointree.c discard the SELECT by temporarily hoisting the
WHERE condition into the ancestor join's qual.
Per bug #17978 from Zuming Jiang.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17978-12f3d93a55297266@postgresql.org
This avoids an assertion failure when outer joins are rearranged
per identity 3. Listing only the baserels from a PlaceHolderVar's
ph_lateral set should be enough to ensure that the required values
are available when we need to compute the PHV --- it's what we
did before inventing nullingrel sets, after all. It's a bit
unsatisfying; but with beta2 hard upon us, there's not time to
look for an aesthetically cleaner fix.
Richard Guo and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs48Jcw-NvnxT23WiHP324wG44DvzcH1j4hc0Zn+3sR9cfg@mail.gmail.com
It turns out that the fixes we applied in commits bfd332b3f
and 63e4f13d2 were not nearly enough to solve the problem.
We'd focused narrowly on subquery RTEs with lateral references,
but lateral references can occur in several other RTE kinds
such as function RTEs. Putting the same hack into half a dozen
code paths seems quite unattractive. Hence, revert the code changes
(but not the test cases) from those commits and instead solve it
centrally in identify_current_nestloop_params(), as Richard proposed
originally. This is a bit annoying because it could mask erroneous
nullingrels in nestloop params that are generated from non-LATERAL
parameterized paths; but on balance I don't see a better way.
Maybe at some future time we'll be motivated to find a more rigorous
approach to nestloop params, but that's not happening for beta2.
Richard Guo and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs48Jcw-NvnxT23WiHP324wG44DvzcH1j4hc0Zn+3sR9cfg@mail.gmail.com
Run pgindent and pgperltidy. It seems we're still some ways
away from all committers doing this automatically. Now that
we have a buildfarm animal that will whine about poorly-indented
code, we'll try to keep the tree more tidy.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3156045.1687208823@sss.pgh.pa.us
Specify --no-locale and --encoding=UTF8 to be consistent with the
Makefile, which specifies NO_LOCALE=1. Fixes test for some locales
when meson is used and ICU is disabled. May have been an oversight in
e6927270cd.
Also switch argument order in unaccent/meson.build to make it
consistent in style.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABwTF4Wz41pNMJ9q3tpH=6mnvg6aopDU5Lzvers5=6=WJVekww@mail.gmail.com
Author: Gurjeet Singh
Author: Jeff Davis
This is a follow-up of f663b00, that has been committed to v13 and v14,
tweaking the TAP test for two-phase transactions so as it provides
coverage for the bug that has been fixed. This change is done in its
own commit for clarity, as v15 and HEAD did not show the problematic
behavior, still missed coverage for it.
While on it, this adds a comment about the dependency of the last
partial segment rename and RecoverPreparedTransactions() at the end of
recovery, as that can be easy to miss.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/743b9b45a2d4013bd90b6a5cba8d6faeb717ee34.camel@cybertec.at
Backpatch-through: 13
Instead of specifying LC_COLLATE='C' and LC_CTYPE='C', specify
LOCALE='C' which will also affect ICU. This makes pg_regress
consistent with recent changes to initdb in commit a14e75eb0b.
Fixes buildfarm failure.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2458565.1686953169@sss.pgh.pa.us
Here we adjust relation_has_unique_index_for() so that it no longer makes
use of partial unique indexes as uniqueness proofs. It is incorrect to
use these as the predicates used by check_index_predicates() to set
predOK makes use of not only baserestrictinfo quals as proofs, but also
qual from join conditions. For relation_has_unique_index_for()'s case, we
need to know the relation is unique for a given set of columns before any
joins are evaluated, so if predOK was only set to true due to some join
qual, then it's unsafe to use such indexes in
relation_has_unique_index_for(). The final plan may not even make use
of that index, which could result in reading tuples that are not as
unique as the planner previously expected them to be.
Bug: #17975
Reported-by: Tor Erik Linnerud
Backpatch-through: 11, all supported versions
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17975-98a90c156f25c952%40postgresql.org
For CREATE DATABASE, make LOCALE parameter apply regardless of the
provider used. Also affects initdb and createdb --locale arguments.
Previously, LOCALE (and --locale) only affected the database default
collation when using the libc provider.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1a63084d-221e-4075-619e-6b3e590f673e@enterprisedb.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Since commit b448f1c8d, we've been able to remove left joins
(that are otherwise removable) even when they are underneath
other left joins, a case that was previously prevented by a
delay_upper_joins check. This is a clear improvement, but
it has a surprising side-effect: it's now possible that there
are EquivalenceClasses whose relid sets mention the removed
baserel and/or outer join. If we fail to clean those up,
we may drop essential join quals due to not having any join
level that appears to satisfy their relid sets.
(It's not quite 100% clear that this was impossible before.
But the lack of complaints since we added join removal a dozen
years ago strongly suggests that it was impossible.)
Richard Guo and Tom Lane, per bug #17976 from Zuming Jiang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17976-4b638b525e9a983b@postgresql.org
The issue fixed in commit bfd332b3f can also bite Memoize plans,
because of the separate copies of lateral reference Vars made
by paraminfo_get_equal_hashops. Apply the same hacky fix there.
(In passing, clean up shaky grammar in the existing comments
for this function.)
Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-krwk0Wbd6WdufMAupuou_Ua73ijQ4XQCr1Mb5BaVtKQ@mail.gmail.com
rewriteRuleAction neglected to check for SubLink nodes in the
securityQuals of range table entries. This could lead to failing
to convert such a SubLink to a SubPlan, resulting in assertion
crashes or weird errors later in planning.
In passing, fix some poor coding in rewriteTargetView:
we should not pass the source parsetree's hasSubLinks
field to ReplaceVarsFromTargetList's outer_hasSubLinks.
ReplaceVarsFromTargetList knows enough to ignore that
when a Query node is passed, but it's still confusing
and bad precedent: if we did try to update that flag
we'd be updating a stale copy of the parsetree.
Per bug #17972 from Alexander Lakhin. This has been broken since
we added RangeTblEntry.securityQuals (although the presented test
case only fails back to 215b43cdc), so back-patch all the way.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17972-f422c094237847d0@postgresql.org
Commit 927d9abb6 purported to make datetime() accept any string
that could be output for a datetime value by to_jsonb(). But it
overlooked the possibility of fractional seconds being present,
so that cases as simple as to_jsonb(now()) would defeat it.
Fix by adding formats that include ".US" to the list in
executeDateTimeMethod(). (Note that while this is nominally
microseconds, it'll do the right thing for fractions with
fewer than six digits.)
In passing, re-order the list to restore the datatype ordering
specified in its comment. The violation accidentally did not
break anything; but the next edit might be less lucky, so add
more comments.
Per report from Tim Field. Back-patch to v13 where datetime()
was added, like the previous patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/014A028B-5CE6-4FDF-AC24-426CA6FC9CEE@mohiohio.com
If we apply outer join identity 3 when relation C is a subquery
having lateral references to relation B, then the lateral references
within C continue to bear the original syntactically-correct
varnullingrels marks, but that won't match what is available from
the outer side of the nestloop. Compensate for that in
process_subquery_nestloop_params(). This is a slightly hacky fix,
but we certainly don't want to re-plan C in toto for each possible
outer join order, so there's not a lot of better alternatives.
Richard Guo and Tom Lane, per report from Markus Winand
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DFBB2D25-DE97-49CA-A60E-07C881EA59A7@winand.at
As reported by buildfarm member conchuela, one of the regression tests
added by 558c9d7 is having some ordering issues. This commit adds an
ORDER BY clause to make the output more stable for the problematic
query.
Fix suggested by Tom Lane. The plan of the query updated still uses a
parallel hash full join.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/623596.1684541098@sss.pgh.pa.us
While executing maintenance operations (ANALYZE, CLUSTER, REFRESH
MATERIALIZED VIEW, REINDEX, or VACUUM), set search_path to
'pg_catalog, pg_temp' to prevent inconsistent behavior.
Functions that are used for functional indexes, in index expressions,
or in materialized views and depend on a different search path must be
declared with CREATE FUNCTION ... SET search_path='...'.
This change addresses a security risk introduced in commit 60684dd834,
where a role with MAINTAIN privileges on a table may be able to
escalate privileges to the table owner. That commit is not yet part of
any release, so no need to backpatch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e44327179e5c9015c8dda67351c04da552066017.camel%40j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Greg Stark
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
The same routine to check if a specific pattern can be found in the
server logs was copied over four different test scripts. This refactors
the whole to use a single routine located in PostgreSQL::Test::Cluster,
named log_contains, to grab the contents of the server logs and check
for a specific pattern.
On HEAD, the code previously used assumed that slurp_file() could not
handle an undefined offset, setting it to zero, but slurp_file() does
do an extra fseek() before retrieving the log contents only if an offset
is defined. In two places, the test was retrieving the full log
contents with slurp_file() after calling substr() to apply an offset,
ignoring that slurp_file() would be able to handle that.
Backpatch all the way down to ease the introduction of new tests that
could rely on the new routine.
Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan, Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm0YSiLpjCmajwLfidQrFOrLNKPQir7s__PeVvh9U3uoTQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
Commit 482675987 introduced "run_as_owner" subscription option so that
subscription runs with either the permissions of the subscription
owner or the permission of the table owner. However, tablesync workers
did not use this option for the initial data copy.
With this change, tablesync workers run with appropriate permissions
based on "run_as_owner" option.
Ajin Cherian, with changes and regression tests added by me.
Reported-By: Amit Kapila
Author: Ajin Cherian, Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Ajin Cherian, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1L=qzRHPEn+qeMoKQGFBzqGoLBzt_ov0A89iFFiut+ppA@mail.gmail.com
This commit refactors a bit the code in charge of checking for log
patterns when connections fail or succeed, by moving the log pattern
checks into their own routine, for clarity. This has come up as
something to improve while discussing the refactoring of find_in_log().
Backpatch down to 14 where these routines are used, to ease the
introduction of new tests that could rely on them.
Author: Vignesh C, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm0YSiLpjCmajwLfidQrFOrLNKPQir7s__PeVvh9U3uoTQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 14
A placeholder that references the outer join's relid in ph_eval_at
is logically "above" the join, and therefore we can't remove its
PlaceHolderInfo: it might still be used somewhere in the query.
This was not an issue pre-v16 because we failed to remove the join
at all in such cases. The new outer-join-aware-Var infrastructure
permits deducing that it's okay to remove the join, but then we
have to clean up correctly afterwards.
Report and fix by Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4_tuVn9EwwMcggGiZJWWstdXX_ci8FeEU17vs+4nLgw3w@mail.gmail.com
The GUC settings lc_collate and lc_ctype are from a time when those
locale settings were cluster-global. When those locale settings were
made per-database (PG 8.4), the settings were kept as read-only. As
of PG 15, you can use ICU as the per-database locale provider, so
examining these settings is already less meaningful and possibly
confusing, since you need to look into pg_database to find out what is
really happening, and they would likely become fully obsolete in the
future anyway.
Reviewed-by: Jeff Davis <pgsql@j-davis.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/696054d1-bc88-b6ab-129a-18b8bce6a6f0@enterprisedb.com
When we're deleting a no-op LEFT JOIN from the query, we must remove
the join's joinclauses from surviving relations' joininfo lists.
The invention of "cloned" clauses in 2489d76c4 broke the logic for
that; it'd fail to remove clones that include OJ relids outside the
doomed join's min relid sets, which could happen if that join was
previously discovered to commute with some other join.
This accidentally failed to cause problems in the majority of cases,
because we'd never decide that such a cloned clause was evaluatable at
any surviving join. However, Richard Guo discovered a case where that
did happen, leading to "no relation entry for relid" errors later.
Also, adding assertions that a non-removed clause contains no Vars from
the doomed join exposes that there are quite a few existing regression
test cases where the problem happens but is accidentally not exposed.
The fix for this is just to include the target join's commute_above_r
and commute_below_l sets in the relid set we test against when
deciding whether a join clause is "pushed down" and thus not
removable.
While at it, do a little refactoring: the join's relid set can be
computed inside remove_rel_from_query rather than in the caller.
Patch by me; thanks to Richard Guo for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4_PHrRqTKDNnTRsxxQy6BtYCVKsgXm1_gdN2yQ=kmcO5g@mail.gmail.com
We've had multiple issues with the clause_is_computable_at logic that
I introduced in 2489d76c4: it's been known to accept more than one
clone of the same qual at the same plan node, and also to accept no
clones at all. It's looking impractical to get it 100% right on the
basis of the currently-stored information, so fix it by introducing a
new RestrictInfo field "incompatible_relids" that explicitly shows
which outer joins a given clone mustn't be pushed above.
In principle we could populate this field in every RestrictInfo, but
that would cost space and there doesn't presently seem to be a need
for it in general. Also, while deconstruct_distribute_oj_quals can
easily fill the field with the remaining members of the commutative
join set that it's considering, computing it in the general case
seems again pretty complicated. So for now, just fill it for
clone quals.
Along the way, fix a bug that may or may not be only latent:
equivclass.c was generating replacement clauses with is_pushed_down
and has_clone/is_clone markings that didn't match their
required_relids. This led me to conclude that leaving the clone flags
out of make_restrictinfo's purview wasn't such a great idea after all,
so add them.
Per report from Richard Guo.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs48EYi_9-pSd0ORes1kTmTeAjT4Q3gu49hJtYCbSn2JyeA@mail.gmail.com
That's how other boolean options are handled, so do likewise.
The previous coding with "enable" and "disable" was seemingly
modeled on gssencmode, but that's a three-way flag.
While at it, add PGGSSDELEGATION to the set of environment
variables cleared by pg_regress and Utils.pm.
Abhijit Menon-Sen, per gripe from Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230522091609.nlyuu4nolhycqs2p@alvherre.pgsql
Use the clause's required_relids not clause_relids for testing
whether it is computable at the current join level, if it is a
clone clause generated by deconstruct_distribute_oj_quals().
Arguably, this is more correct and we should do it for all clauses;
that would at least remove the handwavy claim that we are doing
it to save cycles compared to inspecting Vars individually.
However, attempting to do that exposes that we are not being careful
to compute an accurate value for required_relids in all cases.
I'm unsure whether it's a good idea to attempt to do that for v16,
or leave it as future clean-up. In the meantime, this quick hack
demonstrably fixes some cases, so let's squeeze it in for beta1.
Patch by me, but great thanks to Richard Guo for investigation
and testing. The new test cases are all modeled on his examples.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-_vwkBij4XOQ5ukxUvLgwTm0kS5_DO9CicUeKbEfKjUw@mail.gmail.com
Complete the task begun in 9c0a0e2ed: we don't want to use the
abbreviation "deleg" for GSS delegation in any user-visible places.
(For consistency, this also changes most internal uses too.)
Abhijit Menon-Sen and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/949048.1684639317@sss.pgh.pa.us
Run pgindent, pgperltidy, and reformat-dat-files.
This set of diffs is a bit larger than typical. We've updated to
pg_bsd_indent 2.1.2, which properly indents variable declarations that
have multi-line initialization expressions (the continuation lines are
now indented one tab stop). We've also updated to perltidy version
20230309 and changed some of its settings, which reduces its desire to
add whitespace to lines to make assignments etc. line up. Going
forward, that should make for fewer random-seeming changes to existing
code.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230428092545.qfb3y5wcu4cm75ur@alvherre.pgsql
In commit 9df8f903e I (tgl) switched join_is_removable() from
using the min relid sets of the join under consideration to
using its full syntactic relid sets. This was a mistake,
as it allowed join removal in cases where a reference to the
join output would survive in some syntactically-lower join
condition. Revert to the former coding.
Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-EU9uBGSP7G-iTwLBhRQ=rnZKvFDhD+n+xhajokyPCKg@mail.gmail.com
The idea of EvalPlanQual is that we replace the query's scan of the
result relation with a single injected tuple, and see if we get a
tuple out, thereby implying that the injected tuple still passes the
query quals. (In join cases, other relations in the query are still
scanned normally.) This logic was not updated when commit 86dc90056
made it possible for a single DML query plan to have multiple result
relations, when the query target relation has inheritance or partition
children. We replaced the output for the current result relation
successfully, but other result relations were still scanned normally;
thus, if any other result relation contained a tuple satisfying the
quals, we'd think the EPQ check passed, even if it did not pass for
the injected tuple itself. This would lead to update or delete
actions getting performed when they should have been skipped due to
a conflicting concurrent update in READ COMMITTED isolation mode.
Fix by blocking all sibling result relations from emitting tuples
during an EvalPlanQual recheck. In the back branches, the fix is
complicated a bit by the need to not change the size of struct
EPQState (else we'd have ABI-breaking changes in offsets in
struct ModifyTableState). Like the back-patches of 3f7836ff6
and 4b3e37993, add a separately palloc'd struct to avoid that.
The logic is the same as in HEAD otherwise.
This is only a live bug back to v14 where 86dc90056 came in.
However, I chose to back-patch the test cases further, on the
grounds that this whole area is none too well tested. I skipped
doing so in v11 though because none of the test applied cleanly,
and it didn't quite seem worth extra work for a branch with only
six months to live.
Per report from Ante Krešić (via Aleksander Alekseev)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TMBTN3rcz4=AjYhLPD_w3FFT0Wq_C15jxCDn8U4tZnH1g@mail.gmail.com
Commits 681d9e462 et al added a test case in namespace.sql that
implicitly relied on there not being a table "public.abc".
However, the concurrently-run transactions.sql test creates precisely
such a table, so with the right timing you'd get a failure.
Creating a table named as generically as "abc" in a common schema
seems like bad practice, so fix this by changing the name of
transactions.sql's table. (Compare 2cf8c7aa4.)
Marina Polyakova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/80d0201636665d82185942e7112257b4@postgrespro.ru
Commit 3581cbdcd6 added a flag to identify empty BRIN ranges. This adds
the new flag to brin_page_items() output.
This is kept as a separate commit as it should not be backpatched.
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, Matthias van de Meent, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/402430e4-7d9d-6cf1-09ef-464d80afff3b@enterprisedb.com
BRIN indexes did not properly distinguish between summaries for empty
(no rows) and all-NULL ranges, treating them as essentially the same
thing. Summaries were initialized with allnulls=true, and opclasses
simply reset allnulls to false when processing the first non-NULL value.
This however produces incorrect results if the range starts with a NULL
value (or a sequence of NULL values), in which case we forget the range
contains NULL values when adding the first non-NULL value.
This happens because the allnulls flag is used for two separate
purposes - to mark empty ranges (not representing any rows yet) and
ranges containing only NULL values.
Opclasses don't know which of these cases it is, and so don't know
whether to set hasnulls=true. Setting the flag in both cases would make
it correct, but it would also make BRIN indexes useless for queries with
IS NULL clauses. All ranges start empty (and thus allnulls=true), so all
ranges would end up with either allnulls=true or hasnulls=true.
The severity of the issue is somewhat reduced by the fact that it only
happens when adding values to an existing summary with allnulls=true.
This can happen e.g. for small tables (because a summary for the first
range exists for all BRIN indexes), or for tables with large fraction of
NULL values in the indexed columns.
Bulk summarization (e.g. during CREATE INDEX or automatic summarization)
that processes all values at once is not affected by this issue. In this
case the flags were updated in a slightly different way, not forgetting
the NULL values.
To identify empty ranges we use a new flag, stored in an unused bit in
the BRIN tuple header so the on-disk format remains the same. A matching
flag is added to BrinMemTuple, into a 3B gap after bt_placeholder.
That means there's no risk of ABI breakage, although we don't actually
pass the BrinMemTuple to any public API.
We could also skip storing index tuples for empty summaries, but then
we'd have to always process such ranges - even if there are no rows in
large parts of the table (e.g. after a bulk DELETE), it would still
require reading the pages etc. So we store them, but ignore them when
building the bitmap.
Backpatch to 11. The issue exists since BRIN indexes were introduced in
9.5, but older releases are already EOL.
Backpatch-through: 11
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, Matthias van de Meent, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/402430e4-7d9d-6cf1-09ef-464d80afff3b@enterprisedb.com
28e626bde0 added the concept of IOOps but neglected to include writeback
operations. ac8d53dae5 added time spent doing these I/O operations. Without
counting writeback, checkpointer write time in the log often differed
substantially from that in pg_stat_io. To fix this, add IOOp IOOP_WRITEBACK
and track writeback in pg_stat_io.
Bumps catversion.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230419172326.dhgyo4wrrhulovt6%40awork3.anarazel.de
After applying outer-join identity 3 in the forward direction,
it was possible for the planner to mistakenly apply a qual clause
from above the two outer joins at the now-lower join level.
This can give the wrong answer, since a value that would get nulled
by the now-upper join might not yet be null.
To fix, when we perform such a transformation, consider that the
now-lower join hasn't really completed the outer join it's nominally
responsible for and thus its relid set should not include that OJ's
relid (nor should its output Vars have that nullingrel bit set).
Instead we add those bits when the now-upper join is performed.
The existing rules for qual placement then suffice to prevent
higher qual clauses from dropping below the now-upper join.
There are a few complications from needing to consider transitive
closures in case multiple pushdowns have happened, but all in all
it's not a very complex patch.
This is all new logic (from 2489d76c4) so no need to back-patch.
The added test cases all have the same results as in v15.
Tom Lane and Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0b819232-4b50-f245-1c7d-c8c61bf41827@postgrespro.ru
This is equivalent to a revert of f193883 and fb32748, with the addition
that the declaration of the SQLValueFunction node needs to gain a couple
of node_attr for query jumbling. The performance impact of removing the
function call inlining is proving to be too huge for some workloads
where these are used. A worst-case test case of involving only simple
SELECT queries with a SQL keyword is proving to lead to a reduction of
10% in TPS via pgbench and prepared queries on a high-end machine.
None of the tests I ran back for this set of changes saw such a huge
gap, but Alexander Lakhin and Andres Freund have found that this can be
noticeable. Keeping the older performance would mean to do more
inlining in the executor when using COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX for a function
expression, similarly to what SQLValueFunction does. This requires more
redesign work and there is little time until 16beta1 is released, so for
now reverting the change is the best way forward, bringing back the
previous performance.
Bump catalog version.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b32bed1b-0746-9b20-1472-4bdc9ca66d52@gmail.com
Commit 558fff0adf got the order of the parameters to test_status_failed
mixed up which resulted in the runtime being reported as 0 ms. Fix by
changing the order to the correct one. No backpatching is needed since
this has not been shipped in a release yet.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0134C9EC-5F6B-4EAC-B2D5-BB4249BEBD4D@yesql.se
Give the new GUC introduced by d4e71df6 a name that is clearly not
intended for mainstream use quite yet.
Future proposals would drop the prefix only after adding infrastructure
to make it efficient. Having the switch in the tree sooner is good
because it might lead to new discoveries about the hazards awaiting us
on a wide range of systems, but that name was too enticing and could
lead to cross-version confusion in future, per complaints from Noah and
Justin.
Suggested-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Reviewed-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com> (the idea, not the patch)
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> (ditto)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230430041106.GA2268796%40rfd.leadboat.com
I've had a bee in my bonnet for some time about getting rid of
RestrictInfo.is_pushed_down, because it's squishily defined and
requires not-inexpensive extra tests to use (cf RINFO_IS_PUSHED_DOWN).
In commit 2489d76c4, I tried to make remove_rel_from_query() not
depend on that macro; but the replacement test is buggy,
as exposed by a report from Rushabh Lathia and Robert Haas.
That change was pretty incidental to the main goal of 2489d76c4,
so let's just revert it for now. (Getting rid of is_pushed_down
is still far away, anyway.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYco=hmg+iX1CW9Y1_CzNoSL81J03wUG-d2_3=rue+L2A@mail.gmail.com
There was some odd wording in corner-case gram.y error messages "some
error ... at or near", which appears to have been modeled after "syntax
error" messages. However, they don't work that way, and they're just
wrong. They're also uncovered by tests. Remove the trailing words,
and also add tests.
They were introduced with 5a2832465fd8; backpatch to 15.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
An update of the GUC stats_fetch_consistency in a transaction would be
able to trigger an assertion when doing cache->snapshot. In this case,
when retrieving a pgstat entry after the switch, a new snapshot would be
rebuilt, confusing pgstat_build_snapshot() because a snapshot is already
cached with an unexpected mode ("cache").
In order to fix this problem, this commit adds a flag to force a
snapshot clear each time this GUC is changed. Some tests are added to
check, while on it.
Some optimizations in avoiding the snapshot clear should be possible
depending on what is cached and the current GUC value, I guess, but this
solution is simple, and ensures that the state of the cache is updated
each time a new pgstat entry is fetched, hence being consistent with the
level wanted by the client that has set the GUC.
Note that cache->none and snapshot->none would not cause issues, as
fetching a pgstat entry would be retrieved from shared memory on the
second attempt, however a snapshot would still be cached. Similarly,
none->snapshot and none->cache would build a new snapshot on the second
fetch attempt. Finally, snapshot->cache would cache a new snapshot on
the second attempt.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17804-2a118cd046f2d0e5@postgresql.org
backpatch-through: 15
The commit a6e04b1d20 added a test to ensure that the invalidated logical
slots don't retain WAL. The test was ensuring that the checkpoint removes
the WAL files corresponding to invalidated logical slots on the standby
node but missed the point that the standby node also had a physical slot
which led to the prevention of WAL file removal. Move the creation of
physical slot on the standby and initialization of cascading standby closer
to the test case that actually required it so that other tests don't get
affected by the presence of the physical slot on standby.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2fefa454-5a70-2174-ddbf-4a0e41537139@gmail.com
If an SRF in the FROM clause references a table having row-level
security policies, and we inline that SRF into the calling query,
we neglected to mark the plan as potentially dependent on which
role is executing it. This could lead to later executions in the
same session returning or hiding rows that should have been hidden
or returned instead.
Our thanks to Wolfgang Walther for reporting this problem.
Stephen Frost and Tom Lane
Security: CVE-2023-2455
The two methods don't cooperate, so set_config_option("search_path",
...) has been ineffective under non-empty overrideStack. This defect
enabled an attacker having database-level CREATE privilege to execute
arbitrary code as the bootstrap superuser. While that particular attack
requires v13+ for the trusted extension attribute, other attacks are
feasible in all supported versions.
Standardize on the combination of NewGUCNestLevel() and
set_config_option("search_path", ...). It is newer than
PushOverrideSearchPath(), more-prevalent, and has no known
disadvantages. The "override" mechanism remains for now, for
compatibility with out-of-tree code. Users should update such code,
which likely suffers from the same sort of vulnerability closed here.
Back-patch to v11 (all supported versions).
Alexander Lakhin. Reported by Alexander Lakhin.
Security: CVE-2023-2454
CREATE SCHEMA AUTHORIZATION with appended schema elements can lead to
crashes when comparing the schema name of the query with the schemas
used in the qualification of some clauses in the elements' queries.
The origin of the problem is that the transformation routine for the
elements listed in a CREATE SCHEMA query uses as new, expected, schema
name the one listed in CreateSchemaStmt itself. However, depending on
the query, CreateSchemaStmt.schemaname may be NULL, being computed
instead from the role specification of the query given by the
AUTHORIZATION clause, that could be either:
- A user name string, with the new schema name being set to the same
value as the role given.
- Guessed from CURRENT_ROLE, SESSION_ROLE or CURRENT_ROLE, with a new
schema name computed from the security context where CREATE SCHEMA is
running.
Regression tests are added for CREATE SCHEMA with some appended elements
(some of them with schema qualifications), covering also some role
specification patterns.
While on it, this simplifies the context structure used during the
transformation of the elements listed in a CREATE SCHEMA query by
removing the fields for the role specification and the role type. They
were not used, and for the role specification this could be confusing as
the schema name may by extracted from that at the beginning of
CreateSchemaCommand().
This issue exists for a long time, so backpatch down to all the versions
supported.
Reported-by: Song Hongyu
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17909-f65c12dfc5f0451d@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 11
The test to ensure that decoding changes via logical slot from another
database will fail was incorrectly done on the primary node instead of on
the standby node.
In the passing, make the test to wait for replay catchup by using
wait_for_replay_catchup(). This will make it consistent with the way we
wait at other places in the test.
Author: Shi yu
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSZPR01MB6310B0A507A0F2A2D379F38CFD6A9@OSZPR01MB6310.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Commit 664d75753 added the BackgroundPsql module with helper functions
for tests running interactive or background psql tasks. The new module
was however not added to the install rules of the build systems.
Reported-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c0ba3008-dbc8-e53f-29f2-2e9abe72b2a2@enterprisedb.com
The errormessage for an incorrect require_auth method wasn't using the
common "invalid %s value" errormessage which lessens the burden on our
translators. Fix by changing to that format to make use of existing
translations and to make error messages consistent in wording.
Reported and fixed by Gurjeet Singh with some tweaking by myself.
Author: Gurjeet Singh <gurjeet@singh.im>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABwTF4Xu3g9zohJ9obu8m7MKbf8g63NgpRDjwqPHQgAtB+Gb8Q@mail.gmail.com
a9c70b46 added the statistics view pg_stat_io which contained columns
"io_context" and "io_object". Given that the columns are in the
pg_stat_io view, the "io" prefix is somewhat redundant, so remove it.
The code variables referring to these fields are kept unchanged so as
they can keep their context about I/O.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fabrízio de Royes Mello
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_aAQoJWrvT2BYYQvJChFKra_O-5ra3jhzKJZqWsTR1CPQ@mail.gmail.com
The error message for a missing or invalid system CA when using
sslrootcert=system differs based on the OpenSSL version used.
In OpenSSL 1.0.1-3.0 it is reported as SSL Error, with varying
degrees of helpfulness in the error message. With OpenSSL 3.1 it
is reported as an SSL SYSCALL error with "Undefined error" as
the error message. This fix pulls out the particular error in
OpenSSL 3.1 as a certificate verify error in order to help the
user better figure out what happened, and to keep the ssl test
working. While there is no evidence that extracing the errors
will clobber errno, this adds a guard against that regardless
to also make the consistent with how we handle OpenSSL errors
elsewhere. It also memorizes the output from OpenSSL 3.0 in
the test in cases where the system CA isn't responding.
Reported-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c39be3c5-c1a5-1e33-1024-16f527e251a4@enterprisedb.com
Utils.pm has a BEGIN block that editorializes on the locale-related
environment variables, primarily in order to stabilize the behavior
of child programs. It turns out that if the calling test script
has already done "use locale", this fails to affect the behavior
of Perl itself, causing locale behavior to be different between
Perl and child programs. That breaks commit cd82e5c79's attempt
to deal with locale-specific behavior in psql.
To fix, we just need to call setlocale() to redo the calculation
of locale.
Per report from Aleksander Alekseev. No back-patch for now, since
there are no locale-dependent TAP tests in prior branches, and
I'm not yet convinced that this won't have side-effects of its own.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TO9KpYYxoVVseWEQB5KtjWDkt8NfyAeKPcHoe2Jq+ykpw@mail.gmail.com
This fixes many spelling mistakes in comments, but a few references to
invalid parameter names, function names and option names too in comments
and also some in string constants
Also, fix an #undef that was undefining the incorrect definition
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d5f68d19-c0fc-91a9-118d-7c6a5a3f5fad@gmail.com
The finalfunc might return a read-write expanded object. If we
de-duplicate multiple call sites for the aggregate, any function(s)
receiving the aggregate result earlier could alter or destroy the
value that reaches the ones called later. This is a brown-paper-bag
bug in commit 42b746d4c, because we actually considered the need
for read-only-ness but failed to realize that it applied to the case
with a finalfunc as well as the case without.
Per report from Justin Pryzby. New error in HEAD,
no need for back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZDm5TuKsh3tzoEjz@telsasoft.com
Commit 3e310d837 taught isAssignmentIndirectionExpr() to look through
CoerceToDomain nodes. That's not sufficient, because since commit
04fe805a1 it's been possible for the planner to simplify
CoerceToDomain to RelabelType when the domain has no constraints
to enforce. So we need to look through RelabelType too.
Per bug #17897 from Alexander Lakhin. Although 3e310d837 was
back-patched to v11, it seems sufficient to apply this change
to v12 and later, since 04fe805a1 came in in v12.
Dmitry Dolgov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17897-4216c546c3874044@postgresql.org
For some reason I had not implemented RBM_ZERO_AND_CLEANUP_LOCK support in
ExtendBufferedRelTo(), likely thinking it not being reachable. But it is
reachable, e.g. when replaying a WAL record for a page in a relation that
subsequently is truncated (likely only reachable when doing crash recovery or
PITR, not during ongoing streaming replication).
As now all of the RBM_* modes are supported, remove assertions checking mode.
As we had no test coverage for this scenario, add a new TAP test. There's
plenty more that ought to be tested in this area...
Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/392271.1681238924%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0b5eb82b-cb99-e0a4-b932-3dc60e2e3926@gmail.com
The partition pruning logic assumed that "b IS NOT true" was exactly the
same as "b IS FALSE". This is not the case when considering NULL values.
Fix this so we correctly include any partition which could hold NULL
values for the NOT case.
Additionally, this fixes a bug in the partition pruning code which handles
partitioned tables partitioned like ((NOT boolcol)). This is a seemingly
unlikely schema design, and it was untested and also broken.
Here we add tests for the ((NOT boolcol)) case and insert some actual data
into those tables and verify we do get the correct rows back when running
queries. I've also adjusted the existing boolpart tests to include some
data and verify we get the correct results too.
Both the bugs being fixed here could lead to incorrect query results with
fewer rows being returned than expected. No additional rows could have
been returned accidentally.
In passing, remove needless ternary expression. It's more simple just to
pass !is_not_clause to makeBoolConst(). It makes sense to do this so the
code is consistent with the bug fix in the "else if" condition just below.
David Kimura did submit a patch to fix the first of the issues here, but
that's not what's being committed here.
Reported-by: David Kimura
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo, David Kimura
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHnPFjQ5qxs6J_p+g8=ww7GQvfn71_JE+Tygj0S7RdRci1uwPw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11, all supported versions
Hash join tuples reuse the HOT status bit to indicate match status
during hash join execution. Correct reuse requires clearing the bit in
all tuples. Serial hash join and parallel multi-batch hash join do so
upon inserting the tuple into the hashtable. Single batch parallel hash
join and batch 0 of unexpected multi-batch hash joins forgot to do this.
It hadn't come up before because hashtable tuple match bits are only
used for right and full outer joins and parallel ROJ and FOJ were
unsupported. 11c2d6fdf5 introduced support for parallel ROJ/FOJ but
neglected to ensure the match bits were reset.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Richard Guo <guofenglinux@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/CAMbWs48Nde1Mv%3DBJv6_vXmRKHMuHZm2Q_g4F6Z3_pn%2B3EV6BGQ%40mail.gmail.com
Make sure that function declarations use names that exactly match the
corresponding names from function definitions in a few places. These
inconsistencies were all introduced relatively recently, after the code
base had parameter name mismatches fixed in bulk (see commits starting
with commits 4274dc22 and 035ce1fe).
pg_bsd_indent still has a couple of similar inconsistencies, which I
(pgeoghegan) have left untouched for now.
Like all earlier commits that cleaned up function parameter names, this
commit was written with help from clang-tidy.
This reverts commit 3d03b24c3 (Revert Add support for Kerberos
credential delegation) which was committed on the grounds of concern
about portability, but on further review and discussion, it's clear that
we are better off explicitly requiring MIT Kerberos as that appears to
be the only GSSAPI library currently that's under proper maintenance
and ongoing development. The API used for storing credentials was added
to MIT Kerberos over a decade ago while for the other libraries which
appear to be mainly based on Heimdal, which exists explicitly to be a
re-implementation of MIT Kerberos, the API never made it to a released
version (even though it was added to the Heimdal git repo over 5 years
ago..).
This post-feature-freeze change was approved by the RMT.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZDDO6jaESKaBgej0%40tamriel.snowman.net
The test previously had a list of OSes that direct I/O was expected to
work on. That worked well enough for the systems in our build farm, but
didn't survive contact with the Debian build bots running on tmpfs via
overlayfs. tmpfs does not support O_DIRECT, but we don't want to
exclude Linux generally.
The new approach is to try to create an empty file with O_DIRECT from
Perl first. If that fails, we'll skip the test and report what the
error was.
Reported-by: Christoph Berg <myon@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZDYd4A78cT2ULxZZ%40msg.df7cb.de
This reverts commit e056c557ae and minor later fixes thereof.
There's a few problems in this new feature -- most notably regarding
pg_upgrade behavior, but others as well. This new feature is not in any
way critical on its own, so instead of scrambling to fix it we revert it
and try again in early 17 with these issues in mind.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3801207.1681057430@sss.pgh.pa.us
At least one slow buildfarm system (hoverfly) showed that the database
creation was not replicated before we try to create logical replication slots
on the standby, in that database.
Reported-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230411053657.GA1177147@rfd.leadboat.com
There's no need to check if opt->arg is NULL since defGetString() already
does that and raises an ERROR if it is. Let's just remove that check.
Also, combine the two remaining ERRORs into a single check. It seems
better to give an indication about what sort of values we're looking for
rather than just to state that the value given isn't valid. Make
BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT uppercase in this ERROR message too. It's already
upper case in one other error message, so make that consistent.
Reported-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230411.102335.1643720544536884844.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Checking for the required versions of IO::Pty as well as IPC::Run
can be achieved with a single eval call, and by using the VERSION
function the comparison is guaranteed to follow the same rules as
calling 'use' on the module with a version.
Reported-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6d880ea2-f8ca-f458-4dcd-a7a3e6d6cd7c@dunslane.net
The new direct I/O test deliberately uses a very small shared_buffers to
force some disk transfers without making the data set large and slow,
but ran into a problem with wal_level = minimal: log_newpage_range()
pins many buffers, leading to a few intermittent "no unpinned buffers
available" errors.
We could presumably fix that by adjusting shared_buffers, but crake
seems to be trying to tell us something interesting with these settings,
so let's just avoid wal_level = minimal in this test for now.
Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230408060408.n7xdwk3mxj5oykt6%40awork3.anarazel.de
Our convention for some time has been that successful tests shouldn't
print anything on stderr. A stray "diag" call violated that, and
for that matter messed up the normal TAP progress display.
IPC::Run versions prior to 0.98 cause the interactive session to time out,
so SKIP the test in case these versions are detected (they are within the
base requirement for our TAP tests in general). Error reported by the BF
and investigation by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/414A86BD-986B-48A7-A1E4-EEBCE5AF08CB@yesql.se
This reverts commit 3d4fa227bc.
Per discussion and buildfarm, this depends on APIs that seem to not
be available on at least one platform (NetBSD). Should be certainly
possible to rework to be optional on that platform if necessary but bit
late for that at this point.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3286097.1680922218@sss.pgh.pa.us
Previously, a PostgreSQL-specific callback checked by the regex engine
had a way to trigger a special error code REG_CANCEL if it detected that
the next call to CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() would certainly throw via
ereport().
A later proposed bugfix aims to move some complex logic out of signal
handlers, so that it won't run until the next CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(),
which makes the above design impossible unless we split
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() into two phases, one to run logic and another to
ereport(). We may develop such a system in the future, but for the
regex code it is no longer necessary.
An earlier commit moved regex memory management over to our
MemoryContext system. Given that the purpose of the two-phase interrupt
checking was to free memory before throwing, something we don't need to
worry about anymore, it seems simpler to inject CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS()
directly into cancelation points, and just let it throw.
Since the plan is to keep PostgreSQL-specific concerns separate from the
main regex engine code (with a view to bein able to stay in sync with
other projects), do this with a new macro INTERRUPT(), customizable in
regcustom.h and defaulting to nothing.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK3PGKwcKqzoosamn36YW-fsuTdOPPF1i_rtEO%3DnEYKSg%40mail.gmail.com
During WAL replay on the standby, when a conflict with a logical slot is
identified, invalidate such slots. There are two sources of conflicts:
1) Using the information added in 6af1793954, logical slots are invalidated if
required rows are removed
2) wal_level on the primary server is reduced to below logical
Uses the infrastructure introduced in the prior commit. FIXME: add commit
reference.
Change InvalidatePossiblyObsoleteSlot() to use a recovery conflict to
interrupt use of a slot, if called in the startup process. The new recovery
conflict is added to pg_stat_database_conflicts, as confl_active_logicalslot.
See 6af1793954 for an overall design of logical decoding on a standby.
Bumps catversion for the addition of the pg_stat_database_conflicts column.
Bumps PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID for the same reason.
Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Amit Khandekar <amitdkhan.pg@gmail.com> (in an older version)
Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabrízio de Royes Mello <fabriziomello@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230407075009.igg7be27ha2htkbt@awork3.anarazel.de
Needed for logical decoding on a standby. Slots need to be invalidated because
of the horizon if rows required for logical decoding are removed. If the
primary's wal_level is lowered from 'logical', logical slots on the standby
need to be invalidated.
The new invalidation methods will be used in a subsequent commit.
Logical slots that have been invalidated can be identified via the new
pg_replication_slots.conflicting column.
See 6af1793954 for an overall design of logical decoding on a standby.
Bumps catversion for the addition of the new pg_replication_slots column.
Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Amit Khandekar <amitdkhan.pg@gmail.com> (in an older version)
Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabrízio de Royes Mello <fabriziomello@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230407075009.igg7be27ha2htkbt@awork3.anarazel.de
Provide a way to ask the kernel to use O_DIRECT (or local equivalent)
where available for data and WAL files, to avoid or minimize kernel
caching. This hurts performance currently and is not intended for end
users yet. Later proposed work would introduce our own I/O clustering,
read-ahead, etc to replace the facilities the kernel disables with this
option.
The only user-visible change, if the developer-only GUC is not used, is
that this commit also removes the obscure logic that would activate
O_DIRECT for the WAL when wal_sync_method=open_[data]sync and
wal_level=minimal (which also requires max_wal_senders=0). Those are
non-default and unlikely settings, and this behavior wasn't (correctly)
documented. The same effect can be achieved with io_direct=wal.
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK1X532hYqJ_MzFWt0n1zt8trz980D79WbjwnT-yYLZpg%40mail.gmail.com
Support GSSAPI/Kerberos credentials being delegated to the server by a
client. With this, a user authenticating to PostgreSQL using Kerberos
(GSSAPI) credentials can choose to delegate their credentials to the
PostgreSQL server (which can choose to accept them, or not), allowing
the server to then use those delegated credentials to connect to
another service, such as with postgres_fdw or dblink or theoretically
any other service which is able to be authenticated using Kerberos.
Both postgres_fdw and dblink are changed to allow non-superuser
password-less connections but only when GSSAPI credentials have been
delegated to the server by the client and GSSAPI is used to
authenticate to the remote system.
Authors: Stephen Frost, Peifeng Qiu
Reviewed-By: David Christensen
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CO1PR05MB8023CC2CB575E0FAAD7DF4F8A8E29@CO1PR05MB8023.namprd05.prod.outlook.com
a9c70b46db and 8aaa04b32S added counting of IO operations to a new view,
pg_stat_io. Now, add IO timing for reads, writes, extends, and fsyncs to
pg_stat_io as well.
This combines the tracking for pgBufferUsage with the tracking for pg_stat_io
into a new function pgstat_count_io_op_time(). This should make it a bit
easier to avoid the somewhat costly instr_time conversion done for
pgBufferUsage.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/CAAKRu_ay5iKmnbXZ3DsauViF3eMxu4m1oNnJXqV_HyqYeg55Ww%40mail.gmail.com
Similar to 8dff2f224, this disables DNS lookups by the Kerberos library
to look up the KDC and the realm while the Kerberos tests are running.
In some environments, these lookups can take a long time and end up
timing out and causing tests to fail. Further, since this isn't really
our domain, we shouldn't be sending out these DNS requests during our
tests.
A few buildfarm animals recently started complaining about the "child"
relation already existing. e056c557ae added a new child table to inherit.sql,
but triggers.sql, running in the same parallel group, also uses a child table.
Rename the new table to inh_child. It maybe worth renaming child, parent in
other tests as well, but that's work for another day.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230407204530.52q3v5cu5x6dj676@awork3.anarazel.de
This breaks out the background and interactive psql functionality into a
new class, PostgreSQL::Test::BackgroundPsql. Sessions are still initiated
via PostgreSQL::Test::Cluster, but once started they can be manipulated by
the new helper functions which intend to make querying easier. A sample
session for a command which can be expected to finish at a later time can
be seen below.
my $session = $node->background_psql('postgres');
$bsession->query_until(qr/start/, q(
\echo start
CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY idx ON t(a);
));
$bsession->quit;
Patch by Andres Freund with some additional hacking by me.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230130194350.zj5v467x4jgqt3d6@awork3.anarazel.de
We now create pg_constaint rows for NOT NULL constraints with
contype='n'.
We propagate these constraints during operations such as adding
inheritance relationships, creating and attaching partitions, creating
tables LIKE other tables. We mostly follow the well-known rules of
conislocal and coninhcount that we have for CHECK constraints, with some
adaptations; for example, as opposed to CHECK constraints, we don't
match NOT NULL ones by name when descending a hierarchy to alter it;
instead we match by column number. This means we don't require the
constraint names to be identical across a hierarchy.
For now, we omit them from system catalogs. Maybe this is worth
reconsidering. We don't support NOT VALID nor DEFERRABLE clauses
either; these can be added as separate features later (this patch is
already large and complicated enough.)
This has been very long in the making. The first patch was written by
Bernd Helmle in 2010 to add a new pg_constraint.contype value ('n'),
which I (Álvaro) then hijacked in 2011 and 2012, until that one was
killed by the realization that we ought to use contype='c' instead:
manufactured CHECK constraints. However, later SQL standard
development, as well as nonobvious emergent properties of that design
(mostly, failure to distinguish them from "normal" CHECK constraints as
well as the performance implication of having to test the CHECK
expression) led us to reconsider this choice, so now the current
implementation uses contype='n' again.
In 2016 Vitaly Burovoy also worked on this feature[1] but found no
consensus for his proposed approach, which was claimed to be closer to
the letter of the standard, requiring additional pg_attribute columns to
track the OID of the NOT NULL constraint for that column.
[1] https://postgr.es/m/CAKOSWNkN6HSyatuys8xZxzRCR-KL1OkHS5-b9qd9bf1Rad3PLA@mail.gmail.com
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Author: Bernd Helmle <mailings@oopsware.de>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACA0E642A0267EDA387AF2B%40%5B172.26.14.62%5D
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AANLkTinLXMOEMz+0J29tf1POokKi4XDkWJ6-DDR9BKgU@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20110707213401.GA27098@alvh.no-ip.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1343682669-sup-2532@alvh.no-ip.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKOSWNkN6HSyatuys8xZxzRCR-KL1OkHS5-b9qd9bf1Rad3PLA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220817181249.q7qvj3okywctra3c@alvherre.pgsql
1cbbee033 added BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT to the VACUUM and ANALYZE commands, so
here we permit that option to be specified in vacuumdb.
In passing, adjust the documents for vacuum_buffer_usage_limit and the
BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT VACUUM option to mention "kB" rather than "KB". Do the
same for the ERROR message in ExecVacuum() and
check_vacuum_buffer_usage_limit(). Without that we might tell a user that
the valid minimum value is 128 KB only to reject that because we accept
only "kB" and not "KB".
Also, add a small reminder comment in vacuum.h to try to trigger the
memory of anyone adding new fields to VacuumParams that they might want to
consider if vacuumdb needs to grow a new option too.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZAzTg3iEnubscvbf@telsasoft.com
Add new options to the VACUUM and ANALYZE commands called
BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT to allow users more control over how large to make the
buffer access strategy that is used to limit the usage of buffers in
shared buffers. Larger rings can allow VACUUM to run more quickly but
have the drawback of VACUUM possibly evicting more buffers from shared
buffers that might be useful for other queries running on the database.
Here we also add a new GUC named vacuum_buffer_usage_limit which controls
how large to make the access strategy when it's not specified in the
VACUUM/ANALYZE command. This defaults to 256KB, which is the same size as
the access strategy was prior to this change. This setting also
controls how large to make the buffer access strategy for autovacuum.
Per idea by Andres Freund.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230111182720.ejifsclfwymw2reb@awork3.anarazel.de
The tests added by commits 029dea882 et al turn out to produce
different output under -DRANDOMIZE_ALLOCATED_MEMORY. This is
not a bug exactly: that flag causes coerce_type() to invoke
the input function twice when coercing an unknown-type literal
to a specific type. So you get tsqueryin's bleat about an empty
tsquery twice. Revise the test query to avoid that.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230406213813.uep7plg6lvcywujo@awork3.anarazel.de
tsquery's GETQUERY() macro is only safe to apply to a tsquery
that is known non-empty; otherwise it gives a pointer to garbage.
Before commit 5a617d75d, ts_headline() avoided this pitfall, but
only in a very indirect, nonobvious way. (hlCover could not reach
its TS_execute call, because if the query contains no lexemes
then hlFirstIndex would surely return -1.) After that commit,
it fell into the trap, resulting in weird errors such as
"unrecognized operator" and/or valgrind complaints. In HEAD,
fix this by not calling TS_execute_locations() at all for an
empty query. In the back branches, add a defensive check to
hlCover() --- that's not fixing any live bug, but I judge the
code a bit too fragile as-is.
Also, both mark_hl_fragments() and mark_hl_words() were careless
about the possibility of empty search text: in the cases where
no match has been found, they'd end up telling mark_fragment() to
mark from word indexes 0 to 0 inclusive, even when there is no
word 0. This is harmless since we over-allocated the prs->words
array, but it does annoy valgrind. Fix so that the end index is -1
and thus mark_fragment() will do nothing in such cases.
Bottom line is that this fixes a live bug in HEAD, but in the
back branches it's only getting rid of a valgrind nitpick.
Back-patch anyway.
Per report from Alexander Lakhin.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c27f642d-020b-01ff-ae61-086af287c4fd@gmail.com
\watch can now be told to stop after N executions of the query.
With the idea that we might want to add more options to \watch
in future, this patch generalizes the command's syntax to a list
of name=value options, with the interval allowed to omit the name
for backwards compatibility.
Andrey Borodin, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi, Nathan Bossart,
Michael Paquier, Yugo Nagata, and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAhFRxiZ2-n_L1ErMm9AZjgmUK=qS6VHb+0SaMn8sqqbhF7How@mail.gmail.com
This adds a new option to libpq's sslrootcert, "system", which will load
the system trusted CA roots for certificate verification. This is a more
convenient way to achieve this than pointing to the system CA roots
manually since the location can differ by installation and be locally
adjusted by env vars in OpenSSL.
When sslrootcert is set to system, sslmode is forced to be verify-full
as weaker modes aren't providing much security for public CAs.
Changing the location of the system roots by setting environment vars is
not supported by LibreSSL so the tests will use a heuristic to determine
if the system being tested is LibreSSL or OpenSSL.
The workaround in .cirrus.yml is required to handle a strange interaction
between homebrew and the openssl@3 formula; hopefully this can be removed
in the near future.
The original patch was written by Thomas Habets, which was later revived
by Jacob Champion.
Author: Jacob Champion <jchampion@timescale.com>
Author: Thomas Habets <thomas@habets.se>
Reviewed-by: Jelte Fennema <postgres@jeltef.nl>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Reviewed-by: Magnus Hagander <magnus@hagander.net>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA%2BkHd%2BcJwCUxVb-Gj_0ptr3_KZPwi3%2B67vK6HnLFBK9MzuYrLA%40mail.gmail.com
Merge and hash joins can support antijoin with the non-nullable input
on the right, using very simple combinations of their existing logic
for right join and anti join. This gives the planner more freedom
about how to order the join. It's particularly useful for hash join,
since we may now have the option to hash the smaller table instead
of the larger.
Richard Guo, reviewed by Ronan Dunklau and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs48xh9hMzXzSy3VaPzGAz+fkxXXTUbCLohX1_L8THFRm2Q@mail.gmail.com
In v13 and v14, the ENABLE/DISABLE TRIGGER USER variant malfunctioned
on cloned triggers, failing to find the clones because it thought they
were system triggers. Other variants of ENABLE/DISABLE TRIGGER would
improperly apply a superuserness check. Fix by adjusting the is-it-
a-system-trigger check to match reality in those branches. (As far
as I can find, this is the only place that got it wrong.)
There's no such bug in v15/HEAD, because we revised the catalog
representation of system triggers to be what this code was expecting.
However, add the test case to these branches anyway, because this area
is visibly pretty fragile. Also remove an obsoleted comment.
The recent v15/HEAD commit 6949b921d fixed a nearby bug. I now see
that my commit message for that was inaccurate: the behavior of
recursing to clone triggers is older than v15, but it didn't apply
to the case in v13/v14 because in those branches parent partitioned
tables have no pg_trigger entries for foreign-key triggers. But add
the test case from that commit to v13/v14, just to show what is
happening there.
Per bug #17886 from DzmitryH.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17886-5406d5d828aa4aa3@postgresql.org
Convert to BCP47 language tags before storing in the catalog, except
during binary upgrade or when the locale comes from an existing
collation or template database.
The resulting language tags can vary slightly between ICU
versions. For instance, "@colBackwards=yes" is converted to
"und-u-kb-true" in older versions of ICU, and to the simpler (but
equivalent) "und-u-kb" in newer versions.
The process of canonicalizing to a language tag also understands more
input locale string formats than ucol_open(). For instance,
"fr_CA.UTF-8" is misinterpreted by ucol_open() and the region is
ignored; effectively treating it the same as the locale "fr" and
opening the wrong collator. Canonicalization properly interprets the
language and region, resulting in the language tag "fr-CA", which can
then be understood by ucol_open().
This commit fixes a problem in prior versions due to ucol_open()
misinterpreting locale strings as described above. For instance,
creating an ICU collation with locale "fr_CA.UTF-8" would store that
string directly in the catalog, which would later be passed to (and
misinterpreted by) ucol_open(). After this commit, the locale string
will be canonicalized to language tag "fr-CA" in the catalog, which
will be properly understood by ucol_open(). Because this fix affects
the resulting collator, we cannot change the locale string stored in
the catalog for existing databases or collations; otherwise we'd risk
corrupting indexes. Therefore, only canonicalize locales for
newly-created (not upgraded) collations/databases. For similar
reasons, do not backport.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8c7af6820aed94dc7bc259d2aa7f9663518e6137.camel@j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Invent "GET DIAGNOSTICS oid_variable = PG_ROUTINE_OID".
This is useful for avoiding the maintenance nuisances that come
with embedding a function's name in its body, as one might do
for logging purposes for example. Typically users would cast the
result to regproc or regprocedure to get something human-readable,
but we won't pre-judge whether that's appropriate.
Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Kirk Wolak and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRA4zMd5pY-B89Gm64bDLRt-L+akOd34aD1j4PEstHHSVQ@mail.gmail.com
This option is normally false, but can be set to true to obtain
the legacy behavior where the subscription runs with the permissions
of the subscription owner rather than the permissions of the
table owner. The advantages of this mode are (1) it doesn't require
that the subscription owner have permission to SET ROLE to each
table owner and (2) since no role switching occurs, the
SECURITY_RESTRICTED_OPERATION restrictions do not apply.
On the downside, it allows any table owner to easily usurp
the privileges of the subscription owner - basically, to take
over their account. Because that's generally quite undesirable,
we don't make this mode the default, but we do make it available,
just in case the new behavior causes too many problems for someone.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZ-WEeG6Z14AfH7KhmpX2eFh+tZ0z+vf0=eMDdbda269g@mail.gmail.com
Up until now, logical replication actions have been performed as the
subscription owner, who will generally be a superuser. Commit
cec57b1a0f documented hazards
associated with that situation, namely, that any user who owns a
table on the subscriber side could assume the privileges of the
subscription owner by attaching a trigger, expression index, or
some other kind of executable code to it. As a remedy, it suggested
not creating configurations where users who are not fully trusted
own tables on the subscriber.
Although that will work, it basically precludes using logical
replication in the way that people typically want to use it,
namely, to replicate a database from one node to another
without necessarily having any restrictions on which database
users can own tables. So, instead, change logical replication to
execute INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, and TRUNCATE operations as the
table owner when they are replicated.
Since this involves switching the active user frequently within
a session that is authenticated as the subscription user, also
impose SECURITY_RESTRICTED_OPERATION restrictions on logical
replication code. As an exception, if the table owner can SET
ROLE to the subscription owner, these restrictions have no
security value, so don't impose them in that case.
Subscription owners are now required to have the ability to
SET ROLE to every role that owns a table that the subscription
is replicating. If they don't, replication will fail. Superusers,
who normally own subscriptions, satisfy this property by default.
Non-superusers users who own subscriptions will need to be
granted the roles that own relevant tables.
Patch by me, reviewed (but not necessarily in its entirety) by
Jelte Fennema, Jeff Davis, and Noah Misch.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaSCkg9ww9oppPqqs+9RVqCexYCE6Aq=UsYPfnOoDeFkw@mail.gmail.com
Oversight in f2698ea02c, which introduced
the variable. This lowers some 1000s timeouts to the configurable
default of 180s, due to a lack of evidence for needing the longer
timeout. The alternative was 6*PG_TEST_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT, which we can
adopt if the need arises. Given the lack of observed trouble with these
timeouts, no back-patch.
This patch introduces the SQL standard IS JSON predicate. It operates
on text and bytea values representing JSON, as well as on the json and
jsonb types. Each test has IS and IS NOT variants and supports a WITH
UNIQUE KEYS flag. The tests are:
IS JSON [VALUE]
IS JSON ARRAY
IS JSON OBJECT
IS JSON SCALAR
These should be self-explanatory.
The WITH UNIQUE KEYS flag makes these return false when duplicate keys
exist in any object within the value, not necessarily directly contained
in the outermost object.
Author: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Author: Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
Author: Oleg Bartunov <obartunov@gmail.com>
Author: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Author: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAF4Au4w2x-5LTnN_bxky-mq4=WOqsGsxSpENCzHRAzSnEd8+WQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220616233130.rparivafipt6doj3@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/abd9b83b-aa66-f230-3d6d-734817f0995d%40postgresql.org
I realized that the third overflow case I posited in commit b0e9e4d76
actually should be handled in a different way: rather than tolerating
the idea that the quotient could round to 1, we should clamp so that
the output cannot be more than "count" when we know that the operand is
less than bound2. That being the case, we don't need an overflow-aware
increment in that code path, which leads me to revert the movement of
the pg_add_s32_overflow() call. (The diff in width_bucket_float8
might be easier to read by comparing against b0e9e4d76^.)
What's more, width_bucket_numeric also has this problem of the quotient
potentially rounding to 1, so add a clamp there too.
As before, I'm not quite convinced that a back-patch is warranted.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/391415.1680268470@sss.pgh.pa.us
Up through v11 it was sensible to use the "oid" system column as
a foreign key column, but since that was removed there's no visible
usefulness in making any of the remaining system columns a foreign
key. Moreover, since the TupleTableSlot rewrites in v12, such cases
actively fail because of implicit assumptions that only user columns
appear in foreign keys. The lack of complaints about that seems
like good evidence that no one is trying to do it. Hence, rather
than trying to repair those assumptions (of which there are at least
two, maybe more), let's just forbid the case up front.
Per this patch, a system column in either the referenced or
referencing side of a foreign key will draw this error; however,
putting one in the referenced side would have failed later anyway,
since we don't allow unique indexes to be made on system columns.
Per bug #17877 from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to v12; the
case still appears to work in v11, so we shouldn't break it there.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17877-4bcc658e33df6de1@postgresql.org
This converts pg_regress output format to emit TAP compliant output
while keeping it as human readable as possible for use without TAP
test harnesses. As verbose harness related information isn't really
supported by TAP this also reduces the verbosity of pg_regress runs
which makes scrolling through log output in buildfarm/CI runs a bit
easier as well.
As the meson TAP parser conumes whitespace, the leading indentation
for differentiating parallel tests from sequential tests has been
changed to a single character prefix.
This patch has been around for an extended period of time, reviewers
listed below may have been involved in reviewing a version quite
different from the version in this commit. The original idea for
this patch was a hacking session with Jinbao Chen.
TAP format testing is also enabled in meson as of this.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Shaplov <dhyan@nataraj.su>
Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BD4B107D-7E53-4794-ACBA-275BEB4327C9@yesql.se
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220221164736.rq3ornzjdkmwk2wo@alap3.anarazel.de
Among other things, this should make it easier to calculate a useful cache hit
ratio by excluding buffer reads via buffer access strategies. As buffer access
strategies reuse buffers (and thus evict the prior buffer contents), it is
normal to see reads on repeated scans of the same data.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_beMa9Hzih40%3DXPYqhDVz6tsgUGTrhZXRo%3Dunp%2Bszb%3DUA%40mail.gmail.com
Full and right outer joins were not supported in the initial
implementation of Parallel Hash Join because of deadlock hazards (see
discussion). Therefore FULL JOIN inhibited parallelism, as the other
join strategies can't do that in parallel either.
Add a new PHJ phase PHJ_BATCH_SCAN that scans for unmatched tuples on
the inner side of one batch's hash table. For now, sidestep the
deadlock problem by terminating parallelism there. The last process to
arrive at that phase emits the unmatched tuples, while others detach and
are free to go and work on other batches, if there are any, but
otherwise they finish the join early.
That unfairness is considered acceptable for now, because it's better
than no parallelism at all. The build and probe phases are run in
parallel, and the new scan-for-unmatched phase, while serial, is usually
applied to the smaller of the two relations and is either limited by
some multiple of work_mem, or it's too big and is partitioned into
batches and then the situation is improved by batch-level parallelism.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BA6ftXPz4oe92%2Bx8Er%2BxpGZqto70-Q_ERwRaSyA%3DafNg%40mail.gmail.com
This role can be granted to non-superusers to allow them to issue
CREATE SUBSCRIPTION. The non-superuser must additionally have CREATE
permissions on the database in which the subscription is to be
created.
Most forms of ALTER SUBSCRIPTION, including ALTER SUBSCRIPTION .. SKIP,
now require only that the role performing the operation own the
subscription, or inherit the privileges of the owner. However, to
use ALTER SUBSCRIPTION ... RENAME or ALTER SUBSCRIPTION ... OWNER TO,
you also need CREATE permission on the database. This is similar to
what we do for schemas. To change the owner of a schema, you must also
have permission to SET ROLE to the new owner, similar to what we do
for other object types.
Non-superusers are required to specify a password for authentication
and the remote side must use the password, similar to what is required
for postgres_fdw and dblink. A superuser who wants a non-superuser to
own a subscription that does not rely on password authentication may
set the new password_required=false property on that subscription. A
non-superuser may not set password_required=false and may not modify a
subscription that already has password_required=false.
This new password_required subscription property works much like the
eponymous postgres_fdw property. In both cases, the actual semantics
are that a password is not required if either (1) the property is set
to false or (2) the relevant user is the superuser.
Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund, Jeff Davis, Mark Dilger,
and Stephen Frost (but some of those people did not fully endorse
all of the decisions that the patch makes).
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaDH=0Xj7OBiQnsHTKcF2c4L+=gzPBUKSJLh8zed2_+Dg@mail.gmail.com
The original coding of this function paid little attention to the
possibility of overflow. There were actually three different hazards:
1. The range from bound1 to bound2 could exceed DBL_MAX, which on
IEEE-compliant machines produces +Infinity in the subtraction.
At best we'd lose all precision in the result, and at worst
produce NaN due to dividing Inf/Inf. The range can't exceed
twice DBL_MAX though, so we can fix this case by scaling all the
inputs by 0.5.
2. We computed count * (operand - bound1), which is also at risk of
float overflow, before dividing. Safer is to do the division first,
producing a quotient that should be in [0,1), and even after allowing
for roundoff error can't be outside [0,1]; then multiplying by count
can't produce a result overflowing an int. (width_bucket_numeric does
the multiplication first on the grounds that that improves accuracy of
its result, but I don't think that a similar argument can be made in
float arithmetic.)
3. If the division result does round to 1, and count is INT_MAX,
the final addition of 1 would overflow an int. We took care
of that in the operand >= bound2 case but did not consider that
it could be possible in the main path. Fix that by moving the
overflow-aware addition of 1 so it is done that way in all cases.
The fix for point 2 creates a possibility that values very close to
a bucket boundary will be rounded differently than they were before.
I'm not troubled by that for HEAD, but it is an argument against
putting this into the stable branches. Given that the cases being
fixed here are fairly extreme and unlikely to be hit in normal use,
it seems best not to back-patch.
Mats Kindahl and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17876-61f280d1601f978d@postgresql.org
This adds support for load balancing connections with libpq using a
connection parameter: load_balance_hosts=<string>. When setting the
param to random, hosts and addresses will be connected to in random
order. This then results in load balancing across these addresses and
hosts when multiple clients or frequent connection setups are used.
The randomization employed performs two levels of shuffling:
1. The given hosts are randomly shuffled, before resolving them
one-by-one.
2. Once a host its addresses get resolved, the returned addresses
are shuffled, before trying to connect to them one-by-one.
Author: Jelte Fennema <postgres@jeltef.nl>
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Banck <mbanck@gmx.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin <amborodin86@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/PR3PR83MB04768E2FF04818EEB2179949F7A69@PR3PR83MB0476.EURPRD83.prod.outlook.
This commit introduces the SQL/JSON standard-conforming constructors for
JSON types:
JSON_ARRAY()
JSON_ARRAYAGG()
JSON_OBJECT()
JSON_OBJECTAGG()
Most of the functionality was already present in PostgreSQL-specific
functions, but these include some new functionality such as the ability
to skip or include NULL values, and to allow duplicate keys or throw
error when they are found, as well as the standard specified syntax to
specify output type and format.
Author: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Author: Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
Author: Oleg Bartunov <obartunov@gmail.com>
Author: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAF4Au4w2x-5LTnN_bxky-mq4=WOqsGsxSpENCzHRAzSnEd8+WQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220616233130.rparivafipt6doj3@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/abd9b83b-aa66-f230-3d6d-734817f0995d%40postgresql.org
When there are multiple publications for a subscription and one of those
publishes via the parent table by using publish_via_partition_root and the
other one directly publishes the child table, we end up copying the same
data twice during initial synchronization. The reason for this was that we
get both the parent and child tables from the publisher and try to copy
the data for both of them.
This patch extends the function pg_get_publication_tables() to take a
publication list as its input parameter. This allows us to exclude a
partition table whose ancestor is published by the same publication list.
This problem does exist in back-branches but we decide to fix it there in
a separate commit if required. The fix for back-branches requires quite
complicated changes to fetch the required table information from the
publisher as we can't update the function pg_get_publication_tables() in
back-branches. We are not sure whether we want to deviate and complicate
the code in back-branches for this problem as there are no field reports
yet.
Author: Wang wei
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Jacob Champion, Kuroda Hayato, Vignesh C, Osumi Takamichi, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB57167F45D481F78CDC5986F794B99@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
For ICU collations, ensure that the locale's language exists in ICU,
and that the locale can be opened.
Basic validation helps avoid minor mistakes and misspellings, which
often fall back to the root locale instead of the intended
locale. It's even more important to avoid such mistakes in ICU
versions 54 and earlier, where the same (misspelled) locale string
could fall back to different locales depending on the environment.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11b1eeb7e7667fdd4178497aeb796c48d26e69b9.camel@j-davis.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/df2efad0cae7c65180df8e5ebb709e5eb4f2a82b.camel@j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
MERGE planning could fail with "variable not found in subplan target
list" if the target table is partitioned and all its partitions are
excluded at plan time, or in the case where it has no partitions but
used to have some. This happened because distribute_row_identity_vars
thought it didn't need to make the target table's reltarget list
fully valid; but if we generate a join plan then that is required
because the dummy Result node's tlist will be made from the reltarget.
The same logic appears in distribute_row_identity_vars in v14,
but AFAICS the problem is unreachable in that branch for lack of
MERGE. In other updating statements, the target table is always
inner-joined to any other tables, so if the target is known dummy
then the whole plan reduces to dummy, so no join nodes are created.
So I'll refrain from back-patching this code change to v14 for now.
Per report from Alvaro Herrera.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230328112248.6as34mlx5sr4kltg@alvherre.pgsql
find_composite_type_dependencies() ignored indexes, which is a poor
decision because an expression index could have a stored column of
a composite (or other container) type even when the underlying table
does not. Teach it to detect such cases and error out. We have to
work a bit harder than for other relations because the pg_depend entry
won't identify the specific index column of concern, but it's not much
new code.
This does not address bug #17872's original complaint that dropping
a column in such a type might lead to violations of the uniqueness
property that a unique index is supposed to ensure. That seems of
much less concern to me because it won't lead to crashes.
Per bug #17872 from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17872-d0fbb799dc3fd85d@postgresql.org
Replace the hardcoded value with a GUC such that the iteration
count can be raised in order to increase protection against
brute-force attacks. The hardcoded value for SCRAM iteration
count was defined to be 4096, which is taken from RFC 7677, so
set the default for the GUC to 4096 to match. In RFC 7677 the
recommendation is at least 15000 iterations but 4096 is listed
as a SHOULD requirement given that it's estimated to yield a
0.5s processing time on a mobile handset of the time of RFC
writing (late 2015).
Raising the iteration count of SCRAM will make stored passwords
more resilient to brute-force attacks at a higher computational
cost during connection establishment. Lowering the count will
reduce computational overhead during connections at the tradeoff
of reducing strength against brute-force attacks.
There are however platforms where even a modest iteration count
yields a too high computational overhead, with weaker password
encryption schemes chosen as a result. In these situations,
SCRAM with a very low iteration count still gives benefits over
weaker schemes like md5, so we allow the iteration count to be
set to one at the low end.
The new GUC is intentionally generically named such that it can
be made to support future SCRAM standards should they emerge.
At that point the value can be made into key:value pairs with
an undefined key as a default which will be backwards compatible
with this.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Jonathan S. Katz <jkatz@postgresql.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/F72E7BC7-189F-4B17-BF47-9735EB72C364@yesql.se
This provides a very simple way to see the generic plan for a
parameterized query. Without this, it's necessary to define
a prepared statement and temporarily change plan_cache_mode,
which is a bit tedious.
One thing that's a bit of a hack perhaps is that we disable
execution-time partition pruning when the GENERIC_PLAN option
is given. That's because the pruning code may attempt to
fetch the value of one of the parameters, which would fail.
Laurenz Albe, reviewed by Julien Rouhaud, Christoph Berg,
Michel Pelletier, Jim Jones, and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0a29b954b10b57f0d135fe12aa0909bd41883eb0.camel@cybertec.at
The sslcertmode option controls whether the server is allowed and/or
required to request a certificate from the client. There are three
modes:
- "allow" is the default and follows the current behavior, where a
configured client certificate is sent if the server requests one
(via one of its default locations or sslcert). With the current
implementation, will happen whenever TLS is negotiated.
- "disable" causes the client to refuse to send a client certificate
even if sslcert is configured or if a client certificate is available in
one of its default locations.
- "require" causes the client to fail if a client certificate is never
sent and the server opens a connection anyway. This doesn't add any
additional security, since there is no guarantee that the server is
validating the certificate correctly, but it may helpful to troubleshoot
more complicated TLS setups.
sslcertmode=require requires SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb(), available since
OpenSSL 1.0.2. Note that LibreSSL does not include it.
Using a connection parameter different than require_auth has come up as
the simplest design because certificate authentication does not rely
directly on any of the AUTH_REQ_* codes, and one may want to require a
certificate to be sent in combination of a given authentication method,
like SCRAM-SHA-256.
TAP tests are added in src/test/ssl/, some of them relying on sslinfo to
check if a certificate has been set. These are compatible across all
the versions of OpenSSL supported on HEAD (currently down to 1.0.1).
Author: Jacob Champion
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Peter Eisentraut, David G. Johnston,
Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9e5a8ccddb8355ea9fa4b75a1e3a9edc88a70cd3.camel@vmware.com
Add pgstat counter to track row updates that result in the successor
version going to a new heap page, leaving behind an original version
whose t_ctid points to the new version. The current count is shown by
the n_tup_newpage_upd column of each of the pg_stat_*_tables views.
The new n_tup_newpage_upd column complements the existing n_tup_hot_upd
and n_tup_upd columns. Tables that have high n_tup_newpage_upd values
(relative to n_tup_upd) are good candidates for tuning heap fillfactor.
Corey Huinker, with small tweaks by me.
Author: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADkLM=ded21M9iZ36hHm-vj2rE2d=zcKpUQMds__Xm2pxLfHKA@mail.gmail.com
The "und" locale is an alternative spelling of the root locale, but it
was not recognized until ICU 55. To maintain common behavior across
all supported ICU versions, check for "und" and replace with "root"
before opening.
Previously, the lack of support for "und" was dangerous, because
versions 54 and older fall back to the environment when a locale is
not found. If the user specified "und" for the language (which is
expected and documented), it could not only resolve to the wrong
collator, but it could unexpectedly change (which could lead to
corrupt indexes).
This effectively reverts commit d72900bded, which worked around the
problem for the built-in "unicode" collation, and is no longer
necessary.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/60da0cecfb512a78b8666b31631a636215d8ce73.camel@j-davis.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0c6fa66f2753217d2a40480a96bd2ccf023536a1.camel@j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
We fail to apply updates and deletes when the REPLICA IDENTITY FULL is
used for the table having generated columns. We didn't use to ignore
generated columns while doing tuple comparison among the tuples from
the publisher and subscriber during apply of updates and deletes.
Author: Onder Kalaci
Reviewed-by: Shi yu, Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 12
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACawEhVQC9WoofunvXg12aXtbqKnEgWxoRx3+v8q32AWYsdpGg@mail.gmail.com
This patch allows copying tables in the binary format during table
synchronization when the binary option for a subscription is enabled.
Previously, tables are copied in text format even if the subscription is
created with the binary option enabled. Copying tables in binary format
may reduce the time spent depending on column types.
A binary copy for initial table synchronization is supported only when
both publisher and subscriber are v16 or later.
Author: Melih Mutlu
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Shi yu, Euler Taveira, Vignesh C, Kuroda Hayato, Osumi Takamichi, Bharath Rupireddy, Hou Zhijie
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGPVpCQvAziCLknEnygY0v1-KBtg%2BOm-9JHJYZOnNPKFJPompw%40mail.gmail.com
We fail to apply updates and deletes when the REPLICA IDENTITY FULL is
used for the table having dropped columns. We didn't use to ignore dropped
columns while doing tuple comparison among the tuples from the publisher
and subscriber during apply of updates and deletes.
Author: Onder Kalaci, Shi yu
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACawEhVQC9WoofunvXg12aXtbqKnEgWxoRx3+v8q32AWYsdpGg@mail.gmail.com
Counting writes only for io_context = 'normal' is unreliable, as backends
using a buffer access strategy could flush all of the dirty buffers out from
under the other backends and checkpointer. Change the test to count writes in
any context. This achieves roughly the same coverage anyway.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/ZAnWU8WbXEDjrfUE%40telsasoft.com
@extschema:name@ extends the existing @extschema@ feature so that
we can also insert the schema name of some required extension,
thus making cross-extension references robust even if they are in
different schemas.
However, this has the same hazard as @extschema@: if the schema
name is embedded literally in an installed object, rather than being
looked up once during extension script execution, then it's no longer
safe to relocate the other extension to another schema. To deal with
that without restricting things unnecessarily, add a "no_relocate"
option to extension control files. This allows an extension to
specify that it cannot handle relocation of some of its required
extensions, even if in themselves those extensions are relocatable.
We detect "no_relocate" requests of dependent extensions during
ALTER EXTENSION SET SCHEMA.
Regina Obe, reviewed by Sandro Santilli and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/003001d8f4ae$402282c0$c0678840$@pcorp.us
When determining whether an index update may be skipped by using HOT, we
can ignore attributes indexed by block summarizing indexes without
references to individual tuples that need to be cleaned up.
A new type TU_UpdateIndexes provides a signal to the executor to
determine which indexes to update - no indexes, all indexes, or only the
summarizing indexes.
This also removes rd_indexattr list, and replaces it with rd_attrsvalid
flag. The list was not used anywhere, and a simple flag is sufficient.
This was originally committed as 5753d4ee32, but then got reverted by
e3fcca0d0d because of correctness issues.
Original patch by Josef Simanek, various fixes and improvements by Tomas
Vondra and me.
Authors: Matthias van de Meent, Josef Simanek, Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/05ebcb44-f383-86e3-4f31-0a97a55634cf@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFp7QwpMRGcDAQumN7onN9HjrJ3u4X3ZRXdGFT0K5G2JWvnbWg%40mail.gmail.com
When calculating distance in brin_minmax_multi_distance_inet(), the
netmask was applied incorrectly. This results in (seemingly) incorrect
ordering of values, triggering an assert.
For builds without asserts this is mostly harmless - we may merge other
ranges, possibly resulting in slightly less efficient index. But it's
still correct and the greedy algorithm doesn't guarantee optimality
anyway.
Backpatch to 14, where minmax-multi indexes were introduced.
Reported by Dmitry Dolgov, investigation and fix by me.
Reported-by: Dmitry Dolgov
Backpatch-through: 14
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17774-c6f3e36dd4471e67@postgresql.org
Add versions of timestamptz + interval, timestamptz - interval, and
generate_series(timestamptz, ...) in which a timezone can be specified
explicitly instead of defaulting to the TimeZone GUC setting.
The new functions for the first two are named date_add and
date_subtract. This might seem too generic, but we could use
overloading to add additional variants if that seems useful.
Along the way, improve the docs' pretty inadequate explanation
of how timestamptz +- interval works.
Przemysław Sztoch and Gurjeet Singh; cosmetic changes and most of
the docs work by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/01a84551-48dd-1359-bf7e-f6b0203a6bd0@sztoch.pl
Mainly move some detail from errmsg to errdetail, remove explicit
mention of superuser where appropriate, since that is implied in most
permission checks, and make messages more uniform.
Author: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20230316234701.GA903298@nathanxps13
Unfortunately it turns out that the logfile-only option added in b9f8d1cbad
is only available in openldap starting in 2.6.
Luckily the option to control the log level (loglevel/-s) have been around for
much longer. As it turns out loglevel/-s only control what goes into syslog,
not what ends up in the file specified with 'logfile' and stderr.
While we currently are specifying 'logfile', nothing ends up in it, as the
option only controls debug messages, and we didn't set a debug level. The
debug level can only be configured on the commandline and also prevents
forking. That'd require larger changes, so this commit doesn't tackle that
issue.
Specify the syslog level when starting slapd using -s, as that allows to
prevent all syslog messages if one uses '0' instead of 'none', while loglevel
doesn't prevent the first message.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230311233708.3yjdbjkly2q4gq2j@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11-
The logic added in 9d9c02ccd to determine when a qual can be used as a
WindowClause run condition failed to correctly check for subqueries in the
qual. This was being done correctly for normal subquery qual pushdowns,
it's just that 9d9c02ccd failed to follow the lead on that.
This also fixes various other cases where transforming the qual into a
WindowClause run condition in the subquery should have been disallowed.
Bug: #17826
Reported-by: Anban Company
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17826-7d8750952f19a5f5@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 15, where 9d9c02ccd was introduced.
Until now the tests using slapd spammed syslog for every connection /
query. Use logfile-only to prevent syslog activity. Unfortunately that only
takes effect after logging the first message, but that's still much better
than the prior situation.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230311233708.3yjdbjkly2q4gq2j@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11-
create_append_path() would only apply get_baserel_parampathinfo
when the path is for a partitioned table, but it's also potentially
useful for paths for UNION ALL appendrels. Specifically, that
supports building a Memoize path atop this one.
While we're in the vicinity, delete some dead code in
create_merge_append_plan(): there's no need for it to support
parameterized MergeAppend paths, and it doesn't look like that
is going to change anytime soon. It'll be easy enough to undo
this when/if it becomes useful.
Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4_ABSu4PWG2rE1q10tJugEXHWgru3U8dAgkoFvgrb6aEA@mail.gmail.com
DecodeDateTime and DecodeTimeOnly had support for date input in the
style "Y2023M03D16", which the comments claimed to be an "ISO" format.
However, so far as I can find there is no such format in ISO 8601;
they write units before numbers in intervals, but not in datetimes.
Furthermore, the lesser-known ISO 8601-2 spec actually defines an
incompatible format "2023Y03M16D". None of our documentation mentions
such a format either. So let's just drop it.
That leaves us with only two cases for a prefix unit specifier in
datetimes: Julian dates written as Jnnnn, and the "T" separator
defined by ISO 8601. Add checks to catch misuse of these specifiers,
that is consecutive specifiers or a dangling specifier at the end of
the string. We do not however disallow a specifier that is separated
from the field that it disambiguates (by noise words or unrelated
fields). That being the case, remove some overly-aggressive error
checks from the ISOTIME cases.
Joseph Koshakow, editorialized a bit by me; thanks also to
Peter Eisentraut for some standards-reading.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHf2Q1gKLiHGnuPOiyf0ASvKUM4BnMfsXuwgtYEb_Gx0Zw@mail.gmail.com
This adds the ability to pretty-print XML documents ... according to
libxml's somewhat idiosyncratic notions of what's pretty, anyway.
One notable divergence from a strict reading of the spec is that
libxml is willing to collapse empty nodes "<node></node>" to just
"<node/>", whereas SQL and the underlying XML spec say that this
option should only result in whitespace tweaks. Nonetheless,
it seems close enough to justify using the SQL-standard syntax.
Jim Jones, reviewed by Peter Smith and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2f5df461-dad8-6d7d-4568-08e10608a69b@uni-muenster.de
The hook can be installed by a shared_preload library.
A similar mechanism could be used for radius paswords, for example, and
the type name auth_password_hook_typ has been shosen with that in mind.
John Naylor and Andrew Dunstan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/469b06ed-69de-ba59-c13a-91d2372e52a9@dunslane.net
preprocess_targetlist thought PHVs couldn't appear here.
It was mistaken, as per report from Önder Kalacı.
Surveying other pull_var_clause calls, I noted no similar errors,
but I did notice that qual_is_pushdown_safe's assertion about
!contain_window_function was pointless, because the following
pull_var_clause call would complain about them anyway. In HEAD
only, remove the redundant Assert and improve the commentary.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACawEhUuum-gC_2S3sXLTcsk7bUSPSHOD+g1ZpfKaDK-KKPPWA@mail.gmail.com
Using REPLICA IDENTITY FULL on the publisher can lead to a full table scan
per tuple change on the subscription when REPLICA IDENTITY or PK index is
not available. This makes REPLICA IDENTITY FULL impractical to use apart
from some small number of use cases.
This patch allows using indexes other than PRIMARY KEY or REPLICA
IDENTITY on the subscriber during apply of update/delete. The index that
can be used must be a btree index, not a partial index, and it must have
at least one column reference (i.e. cannot consist of only expressions).
We can uplift these restrictions in the future. There is no smart
mechanism to pick the index. If there is more than one index that
satisfies these requirements, we just pick the first one. We discussed
using some of the optimizer's low-level APIs for this but ruled it out
as that can be a maintenance burden in the long run.
This patch improves the performance in the vast majority of cases and the
improvement is proportional to the amount of data in the table. However,
there could be some regression in a small number of cases where the indexes
have a lot of duplicate and dead rows. It was discussed that those are
mostly impractical cases but we can provide a table or subscription level
option to disable this feature if required.
Author: Onder Kalaci, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Shi yu, Hou Zhijie, Vignesh C, Kuroda Hayato, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACawEhVLqmAAyPXdHEPv1ssU2c=dqOniiGz7G73HfyS7+nGV4w@mail.gmail.com
The band-aid applied in commit f0bedf3e4 turns out to still need
some work: it made sure we didn't set Np->last_relevant too small
(to the left of the decimal point), but it didn't prevent setting
it too large (off the end of the partially-converted string).
This could result in fetching data beyond the end of the allocated
space, which with very bad luck could cause a SIGSEGV, though
I don't see any hazard of interesting memory disclosure.
Per bug #17839 from Thiago Nunes. The bug's pretty ancient,
so back-patch to all supported versions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17839-aada50db24d7b0da@postgresql.org
Expose the standard error functions as SQL-callable functions. These
are expected to be useful to people working with normal distributions,
and we use them here to test the distribution from random_normal().
Since these functions are defined in the POSIX and C99 standards, they
should in theory be available on all supported platforms. If that
turns out not to be the case, more work will be needed.
On all platforms tested so far, using extra_float_digits = -1 in the
regression tests is sufficient to allow for variations between
implementations. However, past experience has shown that there are
almost certainly going to be additional unexpected portability issues,
so these tests may well need further adjustments, based on the
buildfarm results.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Nathan Bossart and Thomas Munro.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCXv5fi7+Vu-POiyai+ucF95+YMcCMafxV+eZuN1B-=MkQ@mail.gmail.com
The new connection parameter require_auth allows a libpq client to
define a list of comma-separated acceptable authentication types for use
with the server. There is no negotiation: if the server does not
present one of the allowed authentication requests, the connection
attempt done by the client fails.
The following keywords can be defined in the list:
- password, for AUTH_REQ_PASSWORD.
- md5, for AUTH_REQ_MD5.
- gss, for AUTH_REQ_GSS[_CONT].
- sspi, for AUTH_REQ_SSPI and AUTH_REQ_GSS_CONT.
- scram-sha-256, for AUTH_REQ_SASL[_CONT|_FIN].
- creds, for AUTH_REQ_SCM_CREDS (perhaps this should be removed entirely
now).
- none, to control unauthenticated connections.
All the methods that can be defined in the list can be negated, like
"!password", in which case the server must NOT use the listed
authentication type. The special method "none" allows/disallows the use
of unauthenticated connections (but it does not govern transport-level
authentication via TLS or GSSAPI).
Internally, the patch logic is tied to check_expected_areq(), that was
used for channel_binding, ensuring that an incoming request is
compatible with conn->require_auth. It also introduces a new flag,
conn->client_finished_auth, which is set by various authentication
routines when the client side of the handshake is finished. This
signals to check_expected_areq() that an AUTH_REQ_OK from the server is
expected, and allows the client to complain if the server bypasses
authentication entirely, with for example the reception of a too-early
AUTH_REQ_OK message.
Regression tests are added in authentication TAP tests for all the
keywords supported (except "creds", because it is around only for
compatibility reasons). A new TAP script has been added for SSPI, as
there was no script dedicated to it yet. It relies on SSPI being the
default authentication method on Windows, as set by pg_regress.
Author: Jacob Champion
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, David G. Johnston, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9e5a8ccddb8355ea9fa4b75a1e3a9edc88a70cd3.camel@vmware.com
The majority of error exit cases in json_lex_string() failed to
set lex->token_terminator, causing problems for the error context
reporting code: it would see token_terminator less than token_start
and do something more or less nuts. In v14 and up the end result
could be as bad as a crash in report_json_context(). Older
versions accidentally avoided that fate; but all versions produce
error context lines that are far less useful than intended,
because they'd stop at the end of the prior token instead of
continuing to where the actually-bad input is.
To fix, invent some macros that make it less notationally painful
to do the right thing. Also add documentation about what the
function is actually required to do; and in >= v14, add an assertion
in report_json_context about token_terminator being sufficiently
far advanced.
Per report from Nikolay Shaplov. Back-patch to all supported
versions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7332649.x5DLKWyVIX@thinkpad-pgpro
check_agg_arguments_walker() supposed that it needn't descend into
the arguments of a lower-level aggregate function, but this is
just wrong in the presence of multiple levels of sub-select. The
oversight would lead to executor failures on queries that should
be rejected. (Prior to v11, they actually were rejected, thanks
to a "redundant" execution-time check.)
Per bug #17835 from Anban Company. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17835-4f29f3098b2d0ba4@postgresql.org
This allows for a string which if an input field matches causes the
column's default value to be inserted. The advantage of this is that
the default can be inserted in some rows and not others, for which
non-default data is available.
The file_fdw extension is also modified to take allow use of this
option.
Israel Barth Rubio
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAO_rXXAcqesk6DsvioOZ5zmeEmpUN5ktZf-9=9yu+DTr0Xr8Uw@mail.gmail.com
This ensures that the row count in the command tag for a MERGE is
correctly computed in the case where UPDATEs or DELETEs are skipped
due to a BEFORE ROW trigger returning NULL (the INSERT case was
already handled correctly by ExecMergeNotMatched() calling
ExecInsert()).
Back-patch to v15, where MERGE was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCU8XEmR0JWKDtyb7iZ%3DqCffxS9uyJt0iOZ4TV4RT%2Bow1w%40mail.gmail.com
If MERGE attempts an UPDATE or DELETE on a table with BEFORE ROW
triggers, or a cross-partition UPDATE (with or without triggers), and
a concurrent UPDATE or DELETE happens, the merge code would fail.
In some cases this would lead to a crash, while in others it would
cause the wrong merge action to be executed, or no action at all. The
immediate cause of the crash was the trigger code calling
ExecGetUpdateNewTuple() as part of the EPQ mechanism, which fails
because during a merge ri_projectNew is NULL, since merge has its own
per-action projection information, which ExecGetUpdateNewTuple() knows
nothing about.
Fix by arranging for the trigger code to exit early, returning the
TM_Result and TM_FailureData information, if a concurrent modification
is detected, allowing the merge code to do the necessary EPQ handling
in its own way. Similarly, prevent the cross-partition update code
from doing any EPQ processing for a merge, allowing the merge code to
work out what it needs to do.
This leads to a number of simplifications in nodeModifyTable.c. Most
notably, the ModifyTableContext->GetUpdateNewTuple() callback is no
longer needed, and mergeGetUpdateNewTuple() can be deleted, since
there is no longer any requirement for get-update-new-tuple during a
merge. Similarly, ModifyTableContext->cpUpdateRetrySlot is no longer
needed. Thus ExecGetUpdateNewTuple() and the retry_slot handling of
ExecCrossPartitionUpdate() can be restored to how they were in v14,
before the merge code was added, and ExecMergeMatched() no longer
needs any special-case handling for cross-partition updates.
While at it, tidy up ExecUpdateEpilogue() a bit, making it handle
recheckIndexes locally, rather than passing it in as a parameter,
ensuring that it is freed properly. This dates back to when it was
split off from ExecUpdate() to support merge.
Per bug #17809 from Alexander Lakhin, and follow-up investigation of
bug #17792, also from Alexander Lakhin.
Back-patch to v15, where MERGE was introduced, taking care to preserve
backwards-compatibility of the trigger API in v15 for any extensions
that might use it.
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/17809-9e6650bef133f0fe%40postgresql.orghttps://postgr.es/m/17792-0f89452029662c36%40postgresql.org
Most of these calls were to generate some random data. These can be
replaced by appropriately adapted sha256() calls. To keep the diff
smaller, we wrap this into a helper function that produces the same
output format and length as the md5() call.
This will eventually allow these tests to pass in OpenSSL FIPS mode
(which does not allow MD5 use).
Similar work for other test suites will follow later.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/dbbd927f-ef1f-c9a1-4ec6-c759778ac852@enterprisedb.com
The 'ssl' option is of type 'combo', but we add a choice 'auto' that
simulates the behavior of a feature option. This way, openssl is used
automatically by default if present, but we retain the ability to
potentially select another ssl library.
Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz <byavuz81@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/ad65ffd1-a9a7-fda1-59c6-f7dc763c3051%40enterprisedb.com
adjust_appendrel_attrs can't transfer nullingrel labeling to a non-Var
translation expression (mainly because it's too late to wrap such an
expression in a PlaceHolderVar). I'd supposed in commit 2489d76c4
that that restriction was unreachable because we'd not attempt to push
problematic clauses down to an appendrel child relation. I forgot that
set_append_rel_size blindly converts all the parent rel's joininfo
clauses to child clauses, and that list could well contain clauses
from above a nulling outer join.
We might eventually have to devise a direct fix for this implementation
restriction, but for now it seems enough to filter out troublesome
clauses while constructing the child's joininfo list. Such clauses
are certainly not useful while constructing paths for the child rel;
they'll have to be applied later when we join the completed appendrel
to something else. So we don't need them here, and omitting them from
the list should save a few cycles while processing the child rel.
Per bug #17832 from Marko Tiikkaja.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17832-d0a8106cdf1b722e@postgresql.org
This was an omission in the original creation of the module.
Also slightly adjust some wording to avoid a double "is".
Backpatch the non-meson piece of this to release 12, where the module
was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/be869e1c-8e3f-4cde-8609-212c899cccf9@dunslane.net
The COPY documentation is quite clear that "COPY relation TO" copies
rows from only the named table, not any inheritance children it may
have. However, if you enabled row-level security on the table then
this stopped being true, because the code forgot to apply the ONLY
modifier in the "SELECT ... FROM relation" query that it constructs
in order to allow RLS predicates to be attached. Fix that.
Report and patch by Antonin Houska (comment adjustments and test case
by me). Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3472.1675251957@antos
Previously, the default encoding was derived from the locale when
using libc; while the default was always UTF-8 when using ICU. That
would throw an error when the locale was not compatible with UTF-8.
This commit causes initdb to derive the default encoding from the
locale for both providers. If --no-locale is specified (or if the
locale is C or POSIX), the default encoding will be UTF-8 for ICU
(because ICU does not support SQL_ASCII) and SQL_ASCII for libc.
Per buildfarm failure on system "hoverfly" related to commit
27b62377b4.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d191d5841347301a8f1238f609471ddd957fc47e.camel%40j-davis.com
Datetime input formerly accepted combinations such as
'1995-08-06 infinity', but this seems like a clear error.
Reject any combination of regular y/m/d/h/m/s fields with
these special tokens.
Joseph Koshakow, reviewed by Keisuke Kuroda and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHdm8wwXwG_FFRaJ1nTHiMWb7YXS2YKCzCt8Q0a2ZoMcHg@mail.gmail.com
In our Kerberos test suite, there isn't much need to worry about the
normal canonicalization that Kerberos provides by looking up the reverse
DNS for the IP address connected to, and in some cases it can actively
cause problems (eg: a captive portal wifi where the normally not
resolvable localhost address used ends up being resolved anyway, and
not to the domain we are using for testing, causing the entire
regression test to fail with errors about not being able to get a TGT
for the remote realm for cross-realm trust).
Therefore, disable it by adding rdns = false into the krb5.conf that's
generated for the test.
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y/QD2zDkDYQA1GQt@tamriel.snowman.net
This exposes the ICU facility to add custom collation rules to a
standard collation.
New options are added to CREATE COLLATION, CREATE DATABASE, createdb,
and initdb to set the rules.
Reviewed-by: Laurenz Albe <laurenz.albe@cybertec.at>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Verite <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/821c71a4-6ef0-d366-9acf-bb8e367f739f@enterprisedb.com
If a view is defined atop another view, and then CREATE OR REPLACE
VIEW is used to add columns to the lower view, then when the upper
view's referencing RTE is expanded by ApplyRetrieveRule we will have
a subquery RTE with fewer eref->colnames than output columns. This
confuses various code that assumes those lists are always in sync,
as they are in plain parser output.
We have seen such problems before (cf commit d5b760ecb), and now
I think the time has come to do what was speculated about in that
commit: let's make ApplyRetrieveRule synthesize some column names to
preserve the invariant that holds in parser output. Otherwise we'll
be chasing this class of bugs indefinitely. Moreover, it appears from
testing that this actually gives us better results in the test case
d5b760ecb added, and likely in other corner cases that we lack
coverage for.
In HEAD, I replaced d5b760ecb's hack to make expandRTE exit early with
an elog(ERROR) call, since the case is now presumably unreachable.
But it seems like changing that in back branches would bring more risk
than benefit, so there I just updated the comment.
Per bug #17811 from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17811-d31686b78f0dffc9@postgresql.org
If UPDATE is forced to retry after an EvalPlanQual check, it neglected
to repeat GENERATED-column computations, even though those might well
have changed since we're dealing with a different tuple than before.
Fixing this is mostly a matter of looping back a bit further when
we retry. In v15 and HEAD that's most easily done by altering the API
of ExecUpdateAct so that it includes computing GENERATED expressions.
Also, if an UPDATE in a partitioned table turns into a cross-partition
INSERT operation, we failed to recompute GENERATED columns. That's a
bug since 8bf6ec3ba allowed partitions to have different generation
expressions; although it seems to have no ill effects before that.
Fixing this is messier because we can now have situations where the same
query needs both the UPDATE-aligned set of GENERATED columns and the
INSERT-aligned set, and it's unclear which set will be generated first
(else we could hack things by forcing the INSERT-aligned set to be
generated, which is indeed how fe9e658f4 made it work for MERGE).
The best fix seems to be to build and store separate sets of expressions
for the INSERT and UPDATE cases. That would create ABI issues in the
back branches, but so far it seems we can leave this alone in the back
branches.
Per bug #17823 from Hisahiro Kauchi. The first part of this affects all
branches back to v12 where GENERATED columns were added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17823-b64909cf7d63de84@postgresql.org
Disabling this option is useful to run VACUUM (with or without FULL) on
only the toast table of a relation, bypassing the main relation. This
option is enabled by default.
Running directly VACUUM on a toast table was already possible without
this feature, by using the non-deterministic name of a toast relation
(as of pg_toast.pg_toast_N, where N would be the OID of the parent
relation) in the VACUUM command, and it required a scan of pg_class to
know the name of the toast table. So this feature is basically a
shortcut to be able to run VACUUM or VACUUM FULL on a toast relation,
using only the name of the parent relation.
A new switch called --no-process-main is added to vacuumdb, to work as
an equivalent of PROCESS_MAIN.
Regression tests are added to cover VACUUM and VACUUM FULL, looking at
pg_stat_all_tables.vacuum_count to see how many vacuums have run on
each table, main or toast.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221230000028.GA435655@nathanxps13
All the regression tests of VACUUM (PROCESS_TOAST) were only checking if
the commands were able to run, without checking if VACUUM was really
running on what it should. This expands this set of tests so as we now
look at pg_stat_all_tables.vacuum_count to see how many vacuums have
been run on a given table and its toast relation.
Extracted from a larger patch by the same author, as this is useful on
its own.
Special thanks to Álvaro Herrera for the idea of using
pg_stat_all_tables to check the state of the toast relation.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221230000028.GA435655@nathanxps13
1. Make sure that we don't decrement SxactGlobalXminCount twice when
the SXACT_FLAG_RO_SAFE optimization is reached in a parallel query.
This could trigger a sanity check failure in assert builds. Non-assert
builds recompute the count in SetNewSxactGlobalXmin(), so the problem
was hidden, explaining the lack of field reports. Add a new isolation
test to exercise that case.
2. Remove an assertion that the DOOMED flag can't be set on a partially
released SERIALIZABLEXACT. Instead, ignore the flag (our transaction
was already determined to be read-only safe, and DOOMED is in fact set
during partial release, and there was already an assertion that it
wasn't set sooner). Improve an existing isolation test so that it
reaches that case (previously it wasn't quite testing what it was
supposed to be testing; see discussion).
Back-patch to 12. Bug #17116. Defects in commit 47a338cf.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17116-d6ca217acc180e30%40postgresql.org
Add support for non-decimal integer literals and underscores in
numeric literals to SQL JSON path language. This follows the rules of
ECMAScript, as referred to by the SQL standard.
Internally, all the numeric literal parsing of jsonpath goes through
numeric_in, which already supports all this, so this patch is just a
bit of lexer work and some tests and documentation.
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed <dean.a.rasheed@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b11b25bb-6ec1-d42f-cedd-311eae59e1fb@enterprisedb.com
Beginning in v15, if you apply ALTER TABLE ENABLE/DISABLE TRIGGER to
a partitioned table, it also affects the partitions' cloned versions
of the affected trigger(s). The initial implementation of this
located the clones by name, but that fails on foreign-key triggers
which have names incorporating their own OIDs. We can fix that, and
also make the behavior more bulletproof in the face of user-initiated
trigger renames, by identifying the cloned triggers by tgparentid.
Following the lead of earlier commits in this area, I took care not
to break ABI in the v15 branch, even though I rather doubt there
are any external callers of EnableDisableTrigger.
While here, update the documentation, which was not touched when
the semantics were changed.
Per bug #17817 from Alan Hodgson. Back-patch to v15; older versions
do not have this behavior.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17817-31dfb7c2100d9f3d@postgresql.org
Previously, meson installed modules under src/test/modules/ as part of
a normal installation, even though these files are only meant for use
by tests. This is because there is no way to set up up the build
system to install extra things only when told.
This patch fixes that with a workaround: We don't install these
modules as part of meson install, but we create a new "test" that runs
before the real tests whose action it is to install these files. The
installation is done by manual copies using a small helper script.
Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz <byavuz81@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/2a039e8e-f31f-31e8-afe7-bab3130ad2de%40enterprisedb.com
Coverage of the query jumbling code has always relied on the queries
included in the regression tests of pg_stat_statements. This has its
limitations, as a lot of query patterns have never really stressed the
query jumbling code. The situation got a bit worse since the query
jumbling has been added in the backend core code (5fd9dfa), hence new
nodes that should be included in the jumbling could easily be missed,
resulting in failures in pg_stat_statements or any modules that require
query ID computations. Forcing a load of pg_stat_statements in
027_stream_regress.pl ensures that nodes are never missed in the
computations, without having to rely on a buildfarm member for this
check.
Before this commit, the line coverage of queryjumblefuncs.funcs.c was
around 48.5%, now up to 94.6% just by running 027_stream_regress.pl.
A basic check is added to show that pg_stat_statements reports are
generated after the main regression test suite is finished.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y+nD9LN70w+8eaG9@paquier.xyz
Our previous habit of showing the full function body is really
pretty unfriendly for tabular viewing of functions, and now that
we have \sf and \ef commands there seems no good reason why \df+
has to do it. It still seems to make sense to show prosrc for
internal and C-language functions, since in those cases prosrc
is just the C function name; but then let's rename the column to
"Internal name" which is a more accurate descriptor.
Isaac Morland
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMsGm5eqKc6J1=Lwn=ZONG=6ZDYWRQ4cgZQLqMuZGB1aVt_JBg@mail.gmail.com
Commit 0a20ff54f split out the GUC variables from guc.c into a new file
guc_tables.c. This updates comments referencing guc.c regarding variables
which are now in guc_tables.c.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6B50C70C-8C1F-4F9A-A7C0-EEAFCC032406@yesql.se
This is usually harmless, but if you were very unlucky it could
provoke a segfault due to the "to" string being right up against
the end of memory. Found via valgrind testing (so we might've
found it earlier, except that our regression tests lacked any
exercise of translate()'s deletion feature).
Fix by switching the order of the test-for-end-of-string and
advance-pointer steps. While here, compute "to_ptr + tolen"
just once. (Smarter compilers might figure that out for
themselves, but let's just make sure.)
Report and fix by Daniil Anisimov, in bug #17816.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17816-70f3d2764e88a108@postgresql.org
Per buildfarm members snakefly, parula and prion, that reflect the
results coming from the latest versions of libxml2.
Oversight in b8da37b in the shape of an incorrect copy-paste. The CI
was green, but it does not stress this expected output.
pg_input_error_info() is now a SQL function able to return a row with
more than just the error message generated for incorrect data type
inputs when these are able to handle soft failures, returning more
contents of ErrorData, as of:
- The error message (same as before).
- The error detail, if set.
- The error hint, if set.
- SQL error code.
All the regression tests that relied on pg_input_error_message() are
updated to reflect the effects of the rename.
Per discussion with Tom Lane and Andrew Dunstan.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/139a68e1-bd1f-a9a7-b5fe-0be9845c6311@dunslane.net
We already tried to fix this in commits 3f7323cbb et al (and follow-on
fixes), but now it emerges that there are still unfixed cases;
moreover, these cases affect all branches not only pre-v14. I thought
we had eliminated all cases of making multiple clones of an UPDATE's
target list when we nuked inheritance_planner. But it turns out we
still do that in some partitioned-UPDATE cases, notably including
INSERT ... ON CONFLICT UPDATE, because ExecInitPartitionInfo thinks
it's okay to clone and modify the parent's targetlist.
This fix is based on a suggestion from Andres Freund: let's stop
abusing the ParamExecData.execPlan mechanism, which was only ever
meant to handle initplans, and instead solve the execution timing
problem by having the expression compiler move MULTIEXPR_SUBLINK steps
to the front of their expression step lists. This is feasible because
(a) all branches still in support compile the entire targetlist of
an UPDATE into a single ExprState, and (b) we know that all
MULTIEXPR_SUBLINKs do need to be evaluated --- none could be buried
inside a CASE, for example. There is a minor semantics change
concerning the order of execution of the MULTIEXPR's subquery versus
other parts of the parent targetlist, but that seems like something
we can get away with. By doing that, we no longer need to worry
about whether different clones of a MULTIEXPR_SUBLINK share output
Params; their usage of that data structure won't overlap.
Per bug #17800 from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to all supported
branches. In v13 and earlier, we can revert 3f7323cbb and follow-on
fixes; however, I chose to keep the SubPlan.subLinkId field added
in ccbb54c72. We don't need that anymore in the core code, but it's
cheap enough to fill, and removing a plan node field in a minor
release seems like it'd be asking for trouble.
Andres Freund and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17800-ff90866b3906c964@postgresql.org
If a rule action contains a subquery that refers to columns from OLD
or NEW, then those are really lateral references, and the planner will
complain if it sees such things in a subquery that isn't marked as
lateral. However, at rule-definition time, the user isn't required to
mark the subquery with LATERAL, and so it can fail when the rule is
used.
Fix this by marking such subqueries as lateral in the rewriter, at the
point where they're used.
Dean Rasheed and Tom Lane, per report from Alexander Lakhin.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5e09da43-aaba-7ea7-0a51-a2eb981b058b%40gmail.com
A unique index which is created with non-distinct NULLS cannot be
used for backing a primary key constraint. Make sure to disallow
such table alterations and teach pg_dump to drop the non-distinct
NULLS clause on indexes where this has been set.
Bug: 17720
Reported-by: Reiner Peterke <zedaardv@drizzle.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17720-dab8ee0fa85d316d@postgresql.org
It's possible, in admittedly-rather-contrived cases, for an eclass
to generate a derived "join" qual that constrains the post-outer-join
value(s) of some RHS variable(s) without mentioning the LHS at all.
While the mechanisms were set up to work for this, we fell foul of
the "get_common_eclass_indexes" filter installed by commit 3373c7155:
it could decide that such an eclass wasn't relevant to the join, so
that the required qual clause wouldn't get emitted there or anywhere
else.
To fix, apply get_common_eclass_indexes only at inner joins, where
its rule is still valid. At an outer join, fall back to examining all
eclasses that mention either input (or the OJ relid, though it should
be impossible for an eclass to mention that without mentioning either
input). Perhaps we can improve on that later, but the cost/benefit of
adding more complexity to skip some irrelevant eclasses is dubious.
To allow cheaply distinguishing outer from inner joins, pass the
ojrelid to generate_join_implied_equalities as a separate argument.
This also allows cleaning up some sloppiness that had crept into
the definition of its join_relids argument, and it allows accurate
calculation of nominal_join_relids for a child outer join. (The
latter oversight seems not to have been a live bug, but it certainly
could have caused problems in future.)
Also fix what might be a live bug in check_index_predicates: it was
being sloppy about what it passed to generate_join_implied_equalities.
Per report from Richard Guo.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-DsTBfOvXuw64GdFss2=M5cwtEhY=0DCS7t2gT7P6hSA@mail.gmail.com
Given an updatable view with a DO ALSO INSERT ... SELECT rule, a
multi-row INSERT ... VALUES query on the view fails if the VALUES list
contains any DEFAULTs that are not replaced by view defaults. This
manifests as an "unrecognized node type" error, or an Assert failure,
in an assert-enabled build.
The reason is that when RewriteQuery() attempts to replace the
remaining DEFAULT items with NULLs in any product queries, using
rewriteValuesRTEToNulls(), it assumes that the VALUES RTE is located
at the same rangetable index in each product query. However, if the
product query is an INSERT ... SELECT, then the VALUES RTE is actually
in the SELECT part of that query (at the same index), rather than the
top-level product query itself.
Fix, by descending to the SELECT in such cases. Note that we can't
simply use getInsertSelectQuery() for this, since that expects to be
given a raw rule action with OLD and NEW placeholder entries, so we
duplicate its logic instead.
While at it, beef up the checks in getInsertSelectQuery() by checking
that the jointree->fromlist node is indeed a RangeTblRef, and that the
RTE it points to has rtekind == RTE_SUBQUERY.
Per bug #17803, from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17803-53c63ed4ecb4eac6%40postgresql.org
initsplan.c figured that it could push Var-free qual clauses to
the top of the current JoinDomain, which is okay in the abstract.
But if the current domain is inside some outer join, and we later
commute an inside-the-domain outer join with one outside it,
we end up placing the pushed-up qual clause incorrectly.
In distribute_qual_to_rels, avoid this by using the syntactic scope
of the qual clause; with the exception that if we're in the top-level
join domain we can still use the full query relid set, ensuring the
resulting gating Result node goes to the top of the plan. (This is
approximately as smart as the pre-v16 code was. Perhaps we can do
better later, but it's not clear that such cases are worth a lot of
sweat.)
In process_implied_equality, we don't have a clear notion of syntactic
scope, but we do have the results of SpecialJoinInfo construction.
Thumb through those and remove any lower outer joins that might get
commuted to above the join domain. Again, we can make an exception
for the top-level join domain. It'd be possible to work harder here
(for example, by keeping outer joins that aren't shown as potentially
commutable), but I'm going to stop here for the moment. This issue
has convinced me that the current representation of join domains
probably needs further refinement, so I'm disinclined to write
inessential dependent logic just yet.
In passing, tighten the qualscope passed to process_implied_equality
by generate_base_implied_equalities_no_const; there's no need for
it to be larger than the rel we are currently considering.
Tom Lane and Richard Guo, per report from Tender Wang.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHewXNk9eJ35ru5xATWioTV4+xZPHptjy9etdcNPjUfY9RQ+uQ@mail.gmail.com
In ExecInitPartitionInfo(), the Assert when building the WITH CHECK
OPTION list for the new partition assumed that the command would be an
INSERT or UPDATE, but it can also be a MERGE. This can be triggered by
a MERGE into a partitioned table with RLS checks to enforce.
Fix, and back-patch to v15, where MERGE was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCWWFtQmW67F3XTyMU5Am10Oxa_b8oe0x%2BNu5Mo%2BCdRErg%40mail.gmail.com
This ensures that the row count in the command tag for a MERGE is
correctly computed. Previously, if MERGE updated a partitioned table,
the row count would be incorrect if any row was moved to a different
partition, since such updates were counted twice.
Back-patch to v15, where MERGE was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCWRMG7XX2QEsVL1LswmNo2d_YG8tKTLkpD3=Lp644S7rg@mail.gmail.com
SQL:2023 defines an ANY_VALUE aggregate whose purpose is to emit an
implementation-dependent (i.e. non-deterministic) value from the
aggregated rows.
Author: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5cff866c-10a8-d2df-32cb-e9072e6b04a2@postgresfriends.org
WAL_LOG does a scan of the template's pg_class to determine the set of
relations that need to be copied from a template database to the new
one. However, as coded in 9c08aea, this copy strategy would load the
pages of pg_class without considering it as a permanent relation,
causing the loaded pages to never be flushed when they should. Any
modification of the template's pg_class, mostly through DDLs, would then
be missed, causing corruptions.
STRATEGY = WAL_LOG is the default over FILE_COPY since it has been
introduced, so any changes done to pg_class on a database template would
be gone. Updates of database templates should be a rare thing, so the
impact of this bug should be hopefully limited. The pre-14 default
strategy FILE_COPY is safe, and can be used as a workaround.
Ryo Matsumura has found and analyzed the issue, and Nathan has written a
test able to reproduce the failure (with few tweaks from me).
Backpatch down to 15, where STRATEGY = WAL_LOG has been introduced.
Author: Nathan Bossart, Ryo Matsumura
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TYCPR01MB6868677E499C9AD5123084B5E8A39@TYCPR01MB6868.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Backpatch-through: 15
Historically we've accepted interval input like 'P.1e10D'. This
is probably an accident of having used strtod() to do the parsing,
rather than something anyone intended, but it's been that way for
a long time. Commit e39f99046 broke this by trying to parse the
integer and fractional parts separately, without accounting for
the possibility of an exponent. In principle that coding allowed
for precise conversions of field values wider than 15 decimal
digits, but that does not seem like a goal worth sweating bullets
for. So, rather than trying to manage an exponent on top of the
existing complexity, let's just revert to the previous coding that
used strtod() by itself. We can still improve on the old code to
the extent of allowing the value to range up to 1.0e15 rather than
only INT_MAX. (Allowing more than that risks creating problems
due to precision loss: the converted fractional part might have
absolute value more than 1. Perhaps that could be dealt with in
some way, but it really does not seem worth additional effort.)
Per bug #17795 from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to v15 where
the faulty code came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17795-748d6db3ed95d313@postgresql.org
This was not something that required consideration before MERGE
was invented; but MERGE builds a join tree that left-joins to the
result relation, meaning that remove_useless_joins will consider
removing it. That should generally be stopped by the query's use
of output variables from the result relation. However, if the
result relation is inherited (e.g. a partitioned table) then
we don't add any row identity variables to the query until
expand_inherited_rtentry, which happens after join removal.
This was exposed as of commit 3c569049b, which made it possible
to deduce that a partitioned table could contain at most one row
matching a join key, enabling removal of the not-yet-expanded
result relation. Ooops.
To fix, let's just teach join_is_removable that the query result
rel is never removable. It's a cheap enough test in any case,
and it'll save some cycles that we'd otherwise expend in proving
that it's not removable, even in the cases we got right.
Back-patch to v15 where MERGE was added. Although I think the
case cannot be reached in v15, this seems like cheap insurance.
Per investigation of a report from Alexander Lakhin.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/36bee393-b351-16ac-93b2-d46d83637e45@gmail.com
ruleutils.c blindly printed the user-given alias (or nothing if there
hadn't been one) for the target table of INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE queries.
That works a large percentage of the time, but not always: for queries
appearing in WITH, it's possible that we chose a different alias to
avoid conflict with outer-scope names. Since the chosen alias would
be used in any Var references to the target table, this'd lead to an
inconsistent printout with consequences such as dump/restore failures.
The correct logic for printing (or not) a relation alias was embedded
in get_from_clause_item. Factor it out to a separate function so that
we don't need a jointree node to use it. (Only a limited part of that
function can be reached from these new call sites, but this seems like
the cleanest non-duplicative factorization.)
In passing, I got rid of a redundant "\d+ rules_src" step in rules.sql.
Initial report from Jonathan Katz; thanks to Vignesh C for analysis.
This has been broken for a long time, so back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e947fa21-24b2-f922-375a-d4f763ef3e4b@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm1MMntjmT_NJGp-Z=xbF02qHGAyuSHfYHias3TqQbPF2w@mail.gmail.com
In commit 8bf6ec3ba, I mistakenly supposed that MergeAttributes'
loop over saved_schema was reprocessing column definitions that
had already been checked earlier: there is a variant syntax for
creating a child partition in which that's not true. So we need
to duplicate the full check appearing further up.
(Actually, I believe that the "if (restdef->identity)" part is
not reachable, because we reject identity on partitions earlier.
But it seems wise to keep the check, in case that's ever relaxed,
and to keep this code in sync with the other instance.)
Per report from Alexander Lakhin.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4a8200ca-8378-653e-38ed-b2e1f1611aa6@gmail.com
force_parallel_mode is meant to be used to allow us to exercise the
parallel query infrastructure to ensure that it's working as we expect.
It seems some users think this GUC is for forcing the query planner into
picking a parallel plan regardless of the costs. A quick look at the
documentation would have made them realize that they were wrong, but the
GUC is likely too conveniently named which, evidently, seems to often
result in users expecting that it forces the planner into usefully
parallelizing queries.
Here we rename the GUC to something which casual users are less likely to
mistakenly think is what they need to make their query run more quickly.
For now, the old name can still be used. We'll revisit if the old name
mapping can be removed once the buildfarm configs are all updated.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrsOi92_uA7PEaHZMH-S4Xv+MGhQWA+GrP8b1kjpS1HjQ@mail.gmail.com
OpenSSL 1.1.1 and newer versions have added support for RSA-PSS
certificates, which requires the use of a specific routine in OpenSSL to
determine which hash function to use when compiling it when using
channel binding in SCRAM-SHA-256. X509_get_signature_nid(), that is the
original routine the channel binding code has relied on, is not able to
determine which hash algorithm to use for such certificates. However,
X509_get_signature_info(), new to OpenSSL 1.1.1, is able to do it. This
commit switches the channel binding logic to rely on
X509_get_signature_info() over X509_get_signature_nid(), which would be
the choice when building with 1.1.1 or newer.
The error could have been triggered on the client or the server, hence
libpq and the backend need to have their related code paths patched.
Note that attempting to load an RSA-PSS certificate with OpenSSL 1.1.0
or older leads to a failure due to an unsupported algorithm.
The discovery of relying on X509_get_signature_info() comes from Jacob,
the tests have been written by Heikki (with few tweaks from me), while I
have bundled the whole together while adding the bits needed for MSVC
and meson.
This issue exists since channel binding exists, so backpatch all the way
down. Some tests are added in 15~, triggered if compiling with OpenSSL
1.1.1 or newer, where the certificate and key files can easily be
generated for RSA-PSS.
Reported-by: Gunnar "Nick" Bluth
Author: Jacob Champion, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17760-b6c61e752ec07060@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 11
Late in the development of commit 2489d76c4, I (tgl) incorrectly
concluded that the new function have_unsafe_outer_join_ref couldn't
ever reach its inner loop. That should be the case if the inner
rel's parameterization is based on just one Var, but it could be
based on Vars from several relations, and then not only is the
inner loop reachable but it's wrongly coded.
Despite those errors, it still appears that the whole thing is
redundant given previous join_is_legal checks, so let's arrange
to only run it in assert-enabled builds.
Diagnosis and patch by Richard Guo, per fuzz testing by Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230212235823.GW1653@telsasoft.com
In commit ad89a5d115, we added an unhelpful 'ON' that doesn't match
the input syntax. This was discovered while adding code to support for
DDL in logical replication.
No backpatch because of the change of behavior, however improbable it
may be that somebody is depending on this.
Author: Zheng Li <zhengli10@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAD30UKg8rXeGM8Oy_MAmxKBL_K5DiHXdeNF=hUefcu1C_6VfQ@mail.gmail.com
Here we fix a faulty "if" condition which failed to correctly handle two
or more consecutive NULL transition values when checking if the new value
is DISTINCT from the old value for presorted aggregates. Given a suitably
non-strict aggregate transition function, a byref aggregate could cause a
crash due to calling the type's equality function and passing along a
(Datum) 0 value to test for equality, the equality function would then try
to dereference that 0 Datum and segfault. For byval types, there'd have
been no crash and the equality function would have seen that the two 0
Datums matched, which (only by chance) meant the calling code would have
worked correctly.
Here we ensure that we only call the equality function when neither of
the input values are NULL.
This code is all new as of 1349d2790, so no backpatch needed.
Reported-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/860c6d6f-a3c5-3ae9-9da2-827177bede06@oss.nttdata.com
Commit e39f99046 moved some code up closer to the start of
DecodeInterval(), without noticing that it had been implicitly
relying on previous checks to reject the case of empty input.
Given empty input, we'd now dereference a pointer that hadn't been
set, possibly leading to a core dump. (But if we fail to provoke
a SIGSEGV, nothing bad happens, and the expected syntax error is
thrown a bit later.)
Per bug #17788 from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to v15 where
the fault was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17788-dabac9f98f7eafd5@postgresql.org
An upcoming test needs to use a tablespace as part of its test. Historically,
we wanted tablespace creation be done in a dedicated file, so it's easy to
disable when testing replication. But that is not necessary anymore, due to
allow_in_place_tablespaces.
Create regress_tblspace tablespace in test_setup. Move the tablespace test to
the end of the parallel schedule, so other tests can use it.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200124195226.lth52iydq2n2uilq@alap3.anarazel.de
Builds on 28e626bde0 and f30d62c2fc. See the former for motivation.
Rows of the view show IO operations for a particular backend type, IO target
object, IO context combination (e.g. a client backend's operations on
permanent relations in shared buffers) and each column in the view is the
total number of IO Operations done (e.g. writes). So a cell in the view would
be, for example, the number of blocks of relation data written from shared
buffers by client backends since the last stats reset.
In anticipation of tracking WAL IO and non-block-oriented IO (such as
temporary file IO), the "op_bytes" column specifies the unit of the "reads",
"writes", and "extends" columns for a given row.
Rows for combinations of IO operation, backend type, target object and context
that never occur, are ommitted entirely. For example, checkpointer will never
operate on temporary relations.
Similarly, if an IO operation never occurs for such a combination, the IO
operation's cell will be null, to distinguish from 0 observed IO
operations. For example, bgwriter should not perform reads.
Note that some of the cells in the view are redundant with fields in
pg_stat_bgwriter (e.g. buffers_backend). For now, these have been kept for
backwards compatibility.
Bumps catversion.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Author: Samay Sharma <smilingsamay@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Maciek Sakrejda <m.sakrejda@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Fittl <lukas@fittl.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200124195226.lth52iydq2n2uilq@alap3.anarazel.de
analyzejoins.c took care to clean out removed relids from the
clause_relids and required_relids of RestrictInfos associated with
the doomed rel ... but it paid no attention to the fact that if such a
RestrictInfo contains an OR clause, there will be sub-RestrictInfos
containing similar fields.
I'm more than a bit surprised that this oversight hasn't caused
visible problems before. In any case, it's certainly broken now,
so add logic to clean out the sub-RestrictInfos recursively.
We might need to back-patch this someday.
Per bug #17786 from Robins Tharakan.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17786-f1ea7fbdab97daec@postgresql.org
One of the add_nulling_relids calls in deconstruct_distribute_oj_quals
added an OJ relid to too few Vars, while the other added it to too
many. We should consider the syntactic structure not
min_left/righthand while deciding which Vars to decorate, and when
considering pushing up a lower outer join pursuant to transforming the
second form of OJ identity 3 to the first form, we only want to
decorate Vars coming from its LHS.
In a related bug, I realized that make_outerjoininfo was failing to
check a very basic property that's needed to apply OJ identity 3:
the syntactically-upper outer join clause can't refer to the lower
join's LHS. This didn't break the join order restriction logic,
but it led to setting bogus commute_xxx bits, possibly resulting
in bogus nullingrel markings in modified quals.
Richard Guo and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs497CmBruMx1SOjepWEz+T5NWa4scqbdE9v7ZzSXqH_gQw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEP4nAx9C5gXNBfEA0JBfz7B+5f1Bawt-RWQWyhev-wdps8BZA@mail.gmail.com
No GUCs that use NO_SHOW_ALL are reported in pg_show_all_settings(),
hence trying to check combinations of flags related to it is pointless.
These queries have been introduced by d10e41d, so backpatch down to 15
to keep all the branches consistent. Equivalent checks based on
NO_SHOW_ALL could be added in check_GUC_init() when a GUC is initially
loaded, but this can be done only on HEAD.
Author: Nitin Jadhav
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMm1aWaYe0muu3ABo7iSAgK+OWDS9yNe8GGRYnCyeEpScYKa+g@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 15
The logic for when to add the current outer join's own relid
to the nullingrels sets of output Vars and PHVs was overly
complicated and underly correct. Not sure why I didn't think
of this before, but since what we want is marking per the
syntactic structure, we can just consult our records about
the syntactic structure, ie syn_righthand/syn_lefthand.
Also, tighten the rule about when to add the commute_above_r
bits, in hopes of eliminating some squishy reasoning. I do not
know of a reason to think that that's broken as-is, but this way
seems better.
Per bug #17781 from Robins Tharakan.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17781-c0405c8b3cd5e072@postgresql.org
Commit c3382a3c3, which moved the implementation of PG_TEST_EXTRA
from src/test/Makefile into individual test scripts, broke the
directions given in the subdirectory README files about how to run
these tests by hand. Update. Also mention wal_consistency_checking
in recovery/README --- that omission isn't the fault of c3382a3c3,
but it's still an omission.
The portion of join_is_removable() that checks PlaceHolderVars
can be made a little more accurate and intelligible than it was.
The key point is that we can allow join removal even if a PHV
mentions the target rel in ph_eval_at, if that mention was only
added as a consequence of forcing the PHV up to a join level
that's at/above the outer join we're trying to get rid of.
We can check that by testing for the OJ's relid appearing in
ph_eval_at, indicating that it's supposed to be evaluated after
the outer join, plus the existing test that the contained
expression doesn't actually mention the target rel.
While here, add an explicit check that there'll be something left
in ph_eval_at after we remove the target rel and OJ relid. There
is an Assert later on about that, and I'm not too sure that the
case could happen for a PHV satisfying the other constraints,
but let's just check. (There was previously a bms_is_subset test
that meant to cover this risk, but it's broken now because it
doesn't account for the fact that we'll also remove the OJ relid.)
The real reason for revisiting this code though is that the
Assert I left behind in 8538519db turns out to be easily
reachable, because if a PHV of this sort appears in an upper-level
qual clause then that clause's clause_relids will include the
PHV's ph_eval_at relids. This is a mirage though: we have or soon
will remove these relids from the PHV's ph_eval_at, and therefore
they no longer belong in qual clauses' clause_relids either.
Remove that Assert in join_is_removable, and replace the similar
one in remove_rel_from_query with code to remove the deleted relids
from clause_relids.
Per bug #17773 from Robins Tharakan.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17773-a592e6cedbc7bac5@postgresql.org
make_outerjoininfo was set up to update SpecialJoinInfo's
commute_below, commute_above_l, commute_above_r fields as soon as
it found a pair of outer joins that look like they can commute.
However, this decision could be negated later in the same loop due
to finding an intermediate outer join that prevents commutation.
That left us with commute_xxx fields that were contradictory to the
join order restrictions expressed in min_lefthand/min_righthand.
The latter fields would keep us from actually choosing a bad join
order; but the inconsistent commute_xxx fields could bollix details
such as the varnullingrels values created for intermediate join
relation targetlists, ending in an assertion failure in setrefs.c.
To fix, wait till the end of make_outerjoininfo where we have
accurate values for min_lefthand/min_righthand, and then insert
only relids not present in those sets into the commute_xxx fields.
Per SQLSmith testing by Robins Tharakan. Note that while Robins
bisected the failure to commit b448f1c8d, it's really the fault of
2489d76c4. The outerjoin_delayed logic removed in the later commit
was keeping us from deciding that troublesome join pairs commute,
at least in the specific example seen here.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEP4nAyAORgE8K_RHSmvWbE9UaChhjbEL1RrDU3neePwwRUB=A@mail.gmail.com
deconstruct_distribute tweaks the outer join scope (ojscope)
it passes to distribute_qual_to_rels when considering an outer
join qual that's above potentially-commutable outer joins.
However, if the current join is *not* potentially commutable,
we shouldn't do that. The argument that distribute_qual_to_rels
will not do something wrong with the bogus ojscope falls flat
if we don't pass it non-null postponed_oj_qual_list. Moreover,
there's no need to play games in this case since we aren't going
to commute anything.
Per SQLSmith testing by Robins Tharakan.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEP4nAw74k4b-=93gmfCNX3MOY3y4uPxqbk_MnCVEpdsqHJVsg@mail.gmail.com
If we have a RestrictInfo that mentions both the removal-candidate
relation and the outer join's relid, then that is a pushed-down
condition not a join condition, so it should be grounds for deciding
that we can't remove the outer join. In commit 2489d76c4, I'd blindly
included the OJ's relid into "joinrelids" as per the new standard
convention, but the checks of attr_needed and ph_needed should only
allow the join's input rels to be mentioned.
Having done that, the check for references in pushed-down quals
a few lines further down should be redundant. I left it in place
as an Assert, though.
While researching this I happened across a couple of comments that
worried about the effects of update_placeholder_eval_levels.
That's gone as of b448f1c8d, so we can remove some worry.
Per bug #17769 from Robins Tharakan. The submitted test case
triggers this more or less accidentally because we flatten out
a LATERAL sub-select after we've done join strength reduction;
if we did that in the other order, this problem would be masked
because the outer join would get simplified to an inner join.
To ensure that the committed test case will continue to test
what it means to even if we make that happen someday, use a
test clause involving COALESCE(), which will prevent us from
using it to do join strength reduction.
Patch by me, but thanks to Richard Guo for initial investigation.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17769-e4f7a5c9d84a80a7@postgresql.org
After pulling up LATERAL subqueries, we may have qual clauses that
refer to relations outside their syntactic scope. Before doing any
such pullup, prepjointree.c checks to make sure that it wouldn't
create a semantically-invalid situation; but we leave it to
deconstruct_jointree() to actually move these quals up the join
tree to a place where they can be evaluated. In commit 2489d76c4,
I (tgl) refactored deconstruct_jointree() in a way that caused
assertion failures while moving such quals, because the new logic
failed to distinguish "this jointree node is a parent of the source
one" from "this jointree node is processed after the source
one in depth-first order".
Fix this, and at the same time reduce the overhead a bit, by
getting rid of the common PostponedQual list and instead making each
JoinTreeItem contain a list of quals that needed to be postponed to
its level. We can help distribute_qual_to_rels find the appropriate
JoinTreeItem efficiently by adding parent-item links to the
JoinTreeItem data structure. This ends up being the same number
of relid subset checks as the original (pre-bug) logic, but less
list manipulation is required during multi-level postponements.
Richard Guo and Tom Lane, per bug #17768 from Robins Tharakan.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17768-5ac8730ece54478f@postgresql.org
This allows underscores to be used in integer and numeric literals,
and their corresponding type input functions, for visual grouping.
For example:
1_500_000_000
3.14159_26535_89793
0xffff_ffff
0b_1001_0001
A single underscore is allowed between any 2 digits, or immediately
after the base prefix indicator of non-decimal integers, per SQL:202x
draft.
Peter Eisentraut and Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/84aae844-dc55-a4be-86d9-4f0fa405cc97%40enterprisedb.com
Extend the existing developer option 'logical_replication_mode' to help
test the parallel apply of large transactions on the subscriber.
When set to 'buffered', the leader sends changes to parallel apply workers
via a shared memory queue. When set to 'immediate', the leader serializes
all changes to files and notifies the parallel apply workers to read and
apply them at the end of the transaction.
This helps in adding tests to cover the serialization code path in
parallel streaming mode.
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Kuroda Hayato, Sawada Masahiko, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+wyN6zpaHUkCLorEWNx75MG0xhMwcFhvjqm2KURZEAGw@mail.gmail.com
In commit 2489d76c4, I'd thought it'd be safe to assert that a
PlaceHolderVar appearing in a scan-level expression has empty
nullingrels. However this is not so, as when we determine that a
join relation is certainly empty we'll put its targetlist into a
Result-with-constant-false-qual node, and nothing is done to adjust
the nullingrels of the Vars or PHVs therein. (Arguably, a Result
used in this way isn't really a scan-level node, but it certainly
isn't an upper node either ...)
It's not clear this is worth any close analysis, so let's just
take out the faulty Assert.
Per report from Robins Tharakan. I added a test case based on
his example, just in case somebody tries to tighten this up.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEP4nAz7Enq3+DEthGG7j27DpuwSRZnW0Nh6jtNh75yErQ_nbA@mail.gmail.com
This test has been added as of 857ee8e that has introduced the SQL
function txid_status(), with the purpose of checking that a transaction
ID still in-progress during a crash is correctly marked as aborted after
recovery finishes.
This test is unstable, and some configuration scenarios may that easier
to reproduce (wal_level=minimal, wal_compression=on) because the WAL
holding the information about the in-progress transaction ID may not
have made it to disk yet, hence a post-crash recovery may cause the same
XID to be reused, triggering a test failure.
We have discussed a few approaches, like making this function force a
WAL flush to make it reliable across crashes, but we don't want to pay a
performance penalty in some scenarios, as well. The test could have
been tweaked to enforce a checkpoint but that actually breaks the
promise of the test to rely on a stable result of txid_status() after
a crash.
This issue has been reported a few times across the past years, with an
original report from Kyotaro Horiguchi. The buildfarm machines tanager,
hachi and gokiburi enable wal_compression, and fail on this test
periodically.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3163112.1674762209@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210305.115011.558061052471425531.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
Remove RestrictInfo.nullable_relids, along with a good deal of
infrastructure that calculated it. One use-case for it was in
join_clause_is_movable_to, but we can now replace that usage with
a check to see if the clause's relids include any outer join
that can null the target relation. The other use-case was in
join_clause_is_movable_into, but that test can just be dropped
entirely now that the clause's relids include outer joins.
Furthermore, join_clause_is_movable_into should now be
accurate enough that it will accept anything returned by
generate_join_implied_equalities, so we can restore the Assert
that was diked out in commit 95f4e59c3.
Remove the outerjoin_delayed mechanism. We needed this before to
prevent quals from getting evaluated below outer joins that should
null some of their vars. Now that we consider varnullingrels while
placing quals, that's taken care of automatically, so throw the
whole thing away.
Teach remove_useless_result_rtes to also remove useless FromExprs.
Having done that, the delay_upper_joins flag serves no purpose any
more and we can remove it, largely reverting 11086f2f2.
Use constant TRUE for "dummy" clauses when throwing back outer joins.
This improves on a hack I introduced in commit 6a6522529. If we
have a left-join clause l.x = r.y, and a WHERE clause l.x = constant,
we generate r.y = constant and then don't really have a need for the
join clause. But we must throw the join clause back anyway after
marking it redundant, so that the join search heuristics won't think
this is a clauseless join and avoid it. That was a kluge introduced
under time pressure, and after looking at it I thought of a better
way: let's just introduce constant-TRUE "join clauses" instead,
and get rid of them at the end. This improves the generated plans for
such cases by not having to test a redundant join clause. We can also
get rid of the ugly hack used to mark such clauses as redundant for
selectivity estimation.
Patch by me; thanks to Richard Guo for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/830269.1656693747@sss.pgh.pa.us
Traditionally we used the same Var struct to represent the value
of a table column everywhere in parse and plan trees. This choice
predates our support for SQL outer joins, and it's really a pretty
bad idea with outer joins, because the Var's value can depend on
where it is in the tree: it might go to NULL above an outer join.
So expression nodes that are equal() per equalfuncs.c might not
represent the same value, which is a huge correctness hazard for
the planner.
To improve this, decorate Var nodes with a bitmapset showing
which outer joins (identified by RTE indexes) may have nulled
them at the point in the parse tree where the Var appears.
This allows us to trust that equal() Vars represent the same value.
A certain amount of klugery is still needed to cope with cases
where we re-order two outer joins, but it's possible to make it
work without sacrificing that core principle. PlaceHolderVars
receive similar decoration for the same reason.
In the planner, we include these outer join bitmapsets into the relids
that an expression is considered to depend on, and in consequence also
add outer-join relids to the relids of join RelOptInfos. This allows
us to correctly perceive whether an expression can be calculated above
or below a particular outer join.
This change affects FDWs that want to plan foreign joins. They *must*
follow suit when labeling foreign joins in order to match with the
core planner, but for many purposes (if postgres_fdw is any guide)
they'd prefer to consider only base relations within the join.
To support both requirements, redefine ForeignScan.fs_relids as
base+OJ relids, and add a new field fs_base_relids that's set up by
the core planner.
Large though it is, this commit just does the minimum necessary to
install the new mechanisms and get check-world passing again.
Follow-up patches will perform some cleanup. (The README additions
and comments mention some stuff that will appear in the follow-up.)
Patch by me; thanks to Richard Guo for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/830269.1656693747@sss.pgh.pa.us
This fixes a bug that, under some circumstances, would cause MERGE to
fail to properly recompute expressions for GENERATED STORED columns.
Formerly, ExecInitModifyTable() did not call ExecInitStoredGenerated()
for a MERGE command, which meant that the generated expressions
information was not computed until later, when the first merge action
was executed. However, if the first merge action to execute was an
UPDATE, then ExecInitStoredGenerated() could decide to skip some some
generated columns, if the columns on which they depended were not
updated, which was a problem if the MERGE also contained an INSERT
action, for which no generated columns should be skipped.
So fix by having ExecInitModifyTable() call ExecInitStoredGenerated()
for MERGE, and assume that it isn't safe to skip any generated columns
in a MERGE. Possibly that could be relaxed, by allowing some generated
columns to be skipped for a MERGE without an INSERT action, but it's
not clear that it's worth the effort.
Noticed while investigating bug #17759. Back-patch to v15, where MERGE
was added.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/17759-e76d9bece1b5421c%40postgresql.orghttps://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCXb_ezoMCcL0tzKwRGA1x0oeE%3DawTaysRfTPq%2B3wNJn8g%40mail.gmail.com
Rename the developer option 'logical_decoding_mode' to the more flexible
name 'logical_replication_mode' because doing so will make it easier to
extend this option in the future to help test other areas of logical
replication.
Currently, it is used on the publisher side to allow streaming or
serializing each change in logical decoding. In the upcoming patch, we are
planning to use it on the subscriber. On the subscriber, it will allow
serializing the changes to file and notifies the parallel apply workers to
read and apply them at the end of the transaction.
We discussed exposing this parameter as a subscription option but
it did not seem advisable since it is primarily used for testing/debugging
and there is no other such parameter. We also discussed having separate
GUCs for publisher and subscriber but for current testing/debugging
requirements, one GUC is sufficient.
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Kuroda Hayato, Sawada Masahiko, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoAy2c=Mx=FTCs+EwUsf2kQL5MmU3N18X84k0EmCXntK4g@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+wyN6zpaHUkCLorEWNx75MG0xhMwcFhvjqm2KURZEAGw@mail.gmail.com
9d9c02ccd introduced runConditions for window functions to allow
monotonic window function evaluation to be made more efficient when the
window function value went beyond some value that it would never go back
from due to its monotonic nature. That commit added prosupport functions
to inform the planner that row_number(), rank(), dense_rank() and some
forms of count(*) were monotonic. Here we add support for ntile(),
cume_dist() and percent_rank().
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvqR+VqB8s+xR-24bzJbU8xyFrBszJ17qKgECf7cWxLCaA@mail.gmail.com
Previously, a CREATEROLE user without SUPERUSER could not alter
REPLICATION users in any way, and could not set the BYPASSRLS
attribute. However, they could manipulate the CREATEDB property
even if they themselves did not possess it.
With this change, a CREATEROLE user without SUPERUSER can set or
clear the REPLICATION, BYPASSRLS, or CREATEDB property on a new
role or a role that they have rights to manage if and only if
that property is set for their own role.
This implements the standard idea that you can't give permissions
you don't have (but you can give the ones you do have). We might
in the future want to provide more powerful ways to constrain
what a CREATEROLE user can do - for example, to limit whether
CONNECTION LIMIT can be set or the values to which it can be set -
but that is left as future work.
Patch by me, reviewed by Nathan Bossart, Tushar Ahuja, and Neha
Sharma.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobX=LHg_J5aT=0pi9gJy=JdtrUVGAu0zhr-i5v5nNbJDg@mail.gmail.com
The drop database command waits for the logical replication sync worker to
accept ProcSignalBarrier and the worker's slot creation waits for the drop
database to finish which leads to a deadlock. This happens because the
tablesync worker holds interrupts while creating a slot.
We prevent cancel/die interrupts while creating a slot in the table sync
worker because it is possible that before the server finishes this
command, a concurrent drop subscription happens which would complete
without removing this slot and that leads to the slot existing until the
end of walsender. However, the slot will eventually get dropped at the
walsender exit time, so there is no danger of the dangling slot.
This patch reallows cancel/die interrupts while creating a slot and
modifies the test to wait for slots to become zero to prevent finding an
ephemeral slot.
The reported hang doesn't happen in PG14 as the drop database starts to
wait for ProcSignalBarrier with PG15 (commits 4eb2176318 and e2f65f4255)
but it is good to backpatch this till PG14 as it is not a good idea to
prevent interrupts during a network call that could block indefinitely.
Reported-by: Lakshmi Narayanan Sreethar
Diagnosed-by: Andres Freund
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Vignesh C, Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 14, where it was introduced in commit 6b67d72b60
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+kvmZELXQ4ZD3U=XCXuG3KvFgkuPoN1QrEj8c-rMRodrLOnsg@mail.gmail.com
When libpqrcv_connect (also known as walrcv_connect()) failed, it leaked the
libpq connection. In most paths that's fairly harmless, as the calling process
will exit soon after. But e.g. CREATE SUBSCRIPTION could lead to a somewhat
longer lived leak.
Fix by releasing resources, including the libpq connection, on error.
Add a test exercising the error code path. To make it reliable and safe, the
test tries to connect to port=-1, which happens to fail during connection
establishment, rather than during connection string parsing.
Reviewed-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230121011237.q52apbvlarfv6jm6@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11-
b762fed64 recently changed this test to prevent subquery pullup to allow
us to test Memoize with lateral_vars. As pointed out by Tom Lane, OFFSET
0 is our standard way of preventing subquery pullups, so do it that way
instead.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2144818.1674517061@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch-through: 14, same as b762fed64
The test in question was meant to be testing Memoize to ensure it worked
correctly when the inner side of the join contained lateral vars, however,
nothing in the lateral subquery stopped it from being pulled up into the
main query, so the planner did that, and that meant no more lateral vars.
Here we add a simple ORDER BY to stop the planner from being able to
pullup the lateral subquery.
Author: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4_LHJaN4L-tXpKMiPFnsCJWU1P8Xh59o0W7AA6UN99=cQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 14, where Memoize was added.
This enhances the numeric type input function, adding support for
hexadecimal, octal, and binary integers of any size, up to the limits
of the numeric type.
Since 6fcda9aba8, such non-decimal integers have been accepted by the
parser as integer literals and passed through to numeric_in(). This
commit gives numeric_in() the ability to handle them.
While at it, simplify the handling of NaN and infinities, reducing the
number of calls to pg_strncasecmp(), and arrange for pg_strncasecmp()
to not be called at all for regular numbers. This gives a significant
performance improvement for decimal inputs, more than offsetting the
small performance hit of checking for non-decimal input.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCV8XShnmT9HZy25C%2Bo78CVOFmUN5EM9FRAZ5xvYTggPMg%40mail.gmail.com
Per buildfarm member mandrill, it seems that
max_parallel_workers_per_gather may not always be set to the default value
of 2 when the new test added in 16fd03e95 is executed. Here let's just
explicitly set that to 2 so that the planner never opts to use more than
that many parallel workers.
This adds combine, serial and deserial functions for the array_agg() and
string_agg() aggregate functions, thus allowing these aggregates to
partake in partial aggregations. This allows both parallel aggregation to
take place when these aggregates are present and also allows additional
partition-wise aggregation plan shapes to include plans that require
additional aggregation once the partially aggregated results from the
partitions have been combined.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Tomas Vondra, Stephen Frost, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9sx_6GTcvd6TMuZnNtCh0VhBzhX6FZqw17TgVFH-ga_A@mail.gmail.com
The motivation for this change is that when pg_dump dumps a
partitioned index that's marked REPLICA IDENTITY, it generates a
command sequence that applies REPLICA IDENTITY before the partitioned
index has been marked valid, causing restore to fail. We could
perhaps change pg_dump to not do it like that, but that would be
difficult and would not fix existing dump files with the problem.
There seems to be very little reason for the backend to disallow
this anyway --- the code ignores indisreplident when the index
isn't valid --- so instead let's fix it by allowing the case.
Commit 9511fb37a previously expressed a concern that allowing
indisreplident to be set on invalid indexes might allow us to
wind up in a situation where a table could have indisreplident
set on multiple indexes. I'm not sure I follow that concern
exactly, but in any case the only way that could happen is because
relation_mark_replica_identity is too trusting about the existing set
of markings being valid. Let's just rip out its early-exit code path
(which sure looks like premature optimization anyway; what are we
doing expending code to make redundant ALTER TABLE ... REPLICA
IDENTITY commands marginally faster and not-redundant ones marginally
slower?) and fix it to positively guarantee that no more than one
index is marked indisreplident.
The pg_dump failure can be demonstrated in all supported branches,
so back-patch all the way. I chose to back-patch 9511fb37a as well,
just to keep indisreplident handling the same in all branches.
Per bug #17756 from Sergey Belyashov.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17756-dd50e8e0c8dd4a40@postgresql.org
While pg_hba.conf has support for non-literal username matches, and
this commit extends the capabilities that are supported for the
PostgreSQL user listed in an ident entry part of pg_ident.conf, with
support for:
1. The "all" keyword, where all the requested users are allowed.
2. Membership checks using the + prefix.
3. Using a regex to match against multiple roles.
1. is a feature that has been requested by Jelte Fennema, 2. something
that has been mentioned independently by Andrew Dunstan, and 3. is
something I came up with while discussing how to extend the first one,
whose implementation is facilitated by 8fea868.
This allows matching certain system users against many different
postgres users with a single line in pg_ident.conf. Without this, one
would need one line for each of the postgres users that a system user
can log in as, which can be cumbersome to maintain.
Tests are added to the TAP test of peer authentication to provide
coverage for all that.
Note that this introduces a set of backward-incompatible changes to be
able to detect the new patterns, for the following cases:
- A role named "all".
- A role prefixed with '+' characters, which is something that would not
have worked in HBA entries anyway.
- A role prefixed by a slash character, similarly to 8fea868.
Any of these can be still be handled by using quotes in the Postgres
role defined in an ident entry.
A huge advantage of this change is that the code applies the same checks
for the Postgres roles in HBA and ident entries, via the common routine
check_role().
**This compatibility change should be mentioned in the release notes.**
Author: Jelte Fennema
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DBBPR83MB0507FEC2E8965012990A80D0F7FC9@DBBPR83MB0507.EURPRD83.prod.outlook.com
This patch largely reverts what I did in commits c9b0c678d and
78e73e875. The maximum cover length limit that I added in 78e73e875
(to band-aid over c9b0c678d's performance issues) creates too many
user-visible behavior discrepancies, as complained of for example in
bug #17691. The real problem with hlCover() is not what I thought
at the time, but more that it seems to have been designed with only
AND tsquery semantics in mind. It doesn't work quite right for OR,
and even less so for NOT or phrase queries. However, we can improve
that situation by building a variant of TS_execute() that returns a
list of match locations. We already get an ExecPhraseData struct
representing match locations for the primitive case of a simple match,
as well as one for a phrase match; we just need to add some logic to
combine these for AND and OR operators. The result is a list of
ExecPhraseDatas, which hlCover can regard as having simple AND
semantics, so that its old algorithm works correctly.
There's still a lot not to like about ts_headline's behavior, but
I think the remaining issues have to do with the heuristics used
in mark_hl_words and mark_hl_fragments (which, likewise, were not
revisited when phrase search was added). Improving those is a task
for another day.
Patch by me; thanks to Alvaro Herrera for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/840.1669405935@sss.pgh.pa.us
Turns out the compression.sql test creates a view that needs
to be adjusted in the wake of 47bb9db75 --- except that without
--with-lz4, it fails to create the view at all, so I'd not
noticed this in testing.
Per buildfarm member crake.
The rule system needs "old" and/or "new" pseudo-RTEs in rule actions
that are ON INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE. Historically it's put such entries
into the ON SELECT rules of views as well, but those are really quite
vestigial. The only thing we've used them for is to carry the
view's relid forward to AcquireExecutorLocks (so that we can
re-lock the view to verify it hasn't changed before re-using a plan)
and to carry its relid and permissions data forward to execution-time
permissions checks. What we can do instead of that is to retain
these fields of the RTE_RELATION RTE for the view even after we
convert it to an RTE_SUBQUERY RTE. This requires a tiny amount of
extra complication in the planner and AcquireExecutorLocks, but on
the other hand we can get rid of the logic that moves that data from
one place to another.
The principal immediate benefit of doing this, aside from a small
saving in the pg_rewrite data for views, is that these pseudo-RTEs
no longer trigger ruleutils.c's heuristic about qualifying variable
names when the rangetable's length is more than 1. That results
in quite a number of small simplifications in regression test outputs,
which are all to the good IMO.
Bump catversion because we need to dump a few more fields of
RTE_SUBQUERY RTEs. While those will always be zeroes anyway in
stored rules (because we'd never populate them until query rewrite)
they are useful for debugging, and it seems like we'd better make
sure to transmit such RTEs accurately in plans sent to parallel
workers. I don't think the executor actually examines these fields
after startup, but someday it might.
This is a second attempt at committing 1b4d280ea. The difference
from the first time is that now we can add some filtering rules to
AdjustUpgrade.pm to allow cross-version upgrade testing to pass
despite all the cosmetic changes in CREATE VIEW outputs.
Amit Langote (filtering rules by me)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqEf7gPN4Hn+LoZ4tP2q_Qt7n3vw7-6fJKOf92tSEnX6Gg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/891521.1673657296@sss.pgh.pa.us
Avoid explicitly grouping by columns that we know are redundant
for sorting, for example we need group by only one of x and y in
SELECT ... WHERE x = y GROUP BY x, y
This comes up more often than you might think, as shown by the
changes in the regression tests. It's nearly free to detect too,
since we are just piggybacking on the existing logic that detects
redundant pathkeys. (In some of the existing plans that change,
it's visible that a sort step preceding the grouping step already
didn't bother to sort by the redundant column, making the old plan
a bit silly-looking.)
To do this, build processed_groupClause and processed_distinctClause
lists that omit any provably-redundant sort items, and consult those
not the originals where relevant. This means that within the
planner, one should usually consult root->processed_groupClause or
root->processed_distinctClause if one wants to know which columns
are to be grouped on; but to check whether grouping or distinct-ing
is happening at all, check non-NIL-ness of parse->groupClause or
parse->distinctClause. This is comparable to longstanding rules
about handling the HAVING clause, so I don't think it'll be a huge
maintenance problem.
nodeAgg.c also needs minor mods, because it's now possible to generate
AGG_PLAIN and AGG_SORTED Agg nodes with zero grouping columns.
Patch by me; thanks to Richard Guo and David Rowley for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/185315.1672179489@sss.pgh.pa.us
Add leader_pid to pg_stat_subscription. leader_pid is the process ID of
the leader apply worker if this process is a parallel apply worker. If
this field is NULL, it indicates that the process is a leader apply
worker or a synchronization worker. The new column makes it easier to
distinguish parallel apply workers from other kinds of workers and helps
to identify the leader for the parallel workers corresponding to a
particular subscription.
Additionally, update the leader_pid column in pg_stat_activity as well to
display the PID of the leader apply worker for parallel apply workers.
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Sawada Masahiko, Amit Kapila, Shveta Mallik
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+wyN6zpaHUkCLorEWNx75MG0xhMwcFhvjqm2KURZEAGw@mail.gmail.com
It's likely worth adding some automated way of preventing further
omissions. We're discussing how to best do that.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230117173509.GV9837@telsasoft.com
test_extensions' test_ext_cine extension has the same upgrade hazard
as test_ext7: the regression test leaves it in an updated state
from which no downgrade path to default is provided. This causes
the update_extensions.sql script helpfully provided by pg_upgrade
to fail. So drop it in cross-version-upgrade testing.
Not entirely sure how come I didn't hit this in testing yesterday;
possibly I'd built the upgrade reference databases with
testmodules-install-check disabled.
Backpatch to v10 where this module was introduced.
Entries of pg-user in pg_ident.conf that are quoted and include '\1'
allow a replacement from a subexpression in a system user regexp. This
commit adds a test to track this behavior and a note in the
documentation, as it could be affected by the use of an AuthToken for
the pg-user in the IdentLines parsed.
This subject has come up in the discussion aimed at extending the
support of pg-user in ident entries for more patterns.
Author: Jelte Fennema
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGECzQRNow4MwkBjgPxywXdJU_K3a9+Pm78JB7De3yQwwkTDew@mail.gmail.com
In 1349d2790, we gave the planner the ability to provide ORDER BY/DISTINCT
Aggrefs with presorted input so that nodeAgg would not have to perform
sorts during execution. That commit failed to properly consider the
implications of if the Aggref had a volatile function in its ORDER
BY/DISTINCT clause. As it happened, this resulted in an ERROR about the
volatile function being missing from the targetlist.
Here, instead of adding the volatile function to the targetlist, we just
never consider an Aggref with a volatile function in its ORDER BY/DISTINCT
clause when choosing which Aggrefs we should sort by. We do this as if we
were to choose a plan which provided these aggregates with presorted
input, then if there were many such aggregates which could all share the
same sort order, then it may be surprising if they all shared the same
sort sometimes and didn't at other times when some other set of aggregates
were given presorted results. We can avoid this inconsistency by just
never providing these volatile function aggregates with presorted input.
Reported-by: Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCWETioXs5kY8vT6BVguY41_wD962VDk=u_Nvd7S1UXzuQ@mail.gmail.com
To test pg_upgrade across major PG versions, we have to be able to
modify or drop any old objects with no-longer-supported properties,
and we have to be able to deal with cosmetic changes in pg_dump output.
Up to now, the buildfarm and pg_upgrade's own test infrastructure had
separate implementations of the former, and we had nothing but very
ad-hoc rules for the latter (including an arbitrary threshold on how
many lines of unchecked diff were okay!). This patch creates a Perl
module that can be shared by both those use-cases, and adds logic
that deals with pg_dump output diffs in a much more tightly defined
fashion.
This largely supersedes previous efforts in commits 0df9641d3,
9814ff550, and 62be9e4cd, which developed a SQL-script-based solution
for the task of dropping old objects. There was nothing fundamentally
wrong with that work in itself, but it had no basis for solving the
output-formatting problem. The most plausible way to deal with
formatting is to build a Perl module that can perform editing on the
dump files; and once we commit to that, it makes more sense for the
same module to also embed the knowledge of what has to be done for
dropping old objects.
Back-patch versions of the helper module as far as 9.2, to
support buildfarm animals that still test that far back.
It's also necessary to back-patch PostgreSQL/Version.pm,
because the new code depends on that. I fixed up pg_upgrade's
002_pg_upgrade.pl in v15, but did not look into back-patching
it further than that.
Tom Lane and Andrew Dunstan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/891521.1673657296@sss.pgh.pa.us
In commit 8bf6ec3ba I assumed that no code path could reach
ExecGetExtraUpdatedCols without having gone through
ExecInitStoredGenerated. That turns out not to be the case in
logical replication: if there's an ON UPDATE trigger on the target
table, trigger.c will call this code before anybody has set up its
generated columns. Having seen that, I don't have a lot of faith in
there not being other such paths. ExecGetExtraUpdatedCols can call
ExecInitStoredGenerated for itself, as long as we are willing to
assume that it is only called in CMD_UPDATE operations, which on
the whole seems like a safer leap of faith.
Per report from Vitaly Davydov.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d259d69652b8c2ff50e14cda3c236c7f@postgrespro.ru
Commit 60684dd8 left loose ends when it came to maintaining toast
tables or partitions.
For toast tables, simply skip the privilege check if the toast table
is an indirect target of the maintenance command, because the main
table privileges have already been checked.
For partitions, allow the maintenance command if the user has the
MAINTAIN privilege on the partition or any parent.
Also make CLUSTER emit "skipping" messages when the user doesn't have
privileges, similar to VACUUM.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Reported-by: Pavel Luzanov
Reviewed-by: Pavel Luzanov, Ted Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230113231339.GA2422750@nathanxps13
The prior behavior was confusing and hard to document. For instance,
if you had UPDATE privileges, you could lock a table in any lock mode
except ACCESS SHARE mode.
Now, if granted a privilege to lock at a given mode, one also has
privileges to lock at a less-conflicting mode. MAINTAIN, UPDATE,
DELETE, and TRUNCATE privileges allow any lock mode. INSERT privileges
allow ROW EXCLUSIVE (or below). SELECT privileges allow ACCESS SHARE.
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9550c76535404a83156252b25a11babb4792ea1e.camel%40j-davis.com
We don't allow different column lists for the same table in the different
publications of the single subscription. A publication with a column list
except for dropped and generated columns should be considered the same as
a publication with no column list (which implicitly includes all columns
as part of the columns list). However, as we were not excluding the
dropped and generated columns from the column list combining such
publications leads to an error "cannot use different column lists for
table ...".
We decided not to backpatch this fix as there is a risk of users seeing
this as a behavior change and also we didn't see any field report of this
case.
Author: Shi yu
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSZPR01MB631091CCBC56F195B1B9ACB0FDFE9@OSZPR01MB6310.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Regexp replacement with \1 in pg_ident.conf is tested in one check of
the kerberos test suite, still it requires a dependency on
--with-gssapi to be triggered. This commit adds to the test suite of
peer authentication two tests to check the replacement of \1 in a
pg-username, coupled with a system-username regexp:
- With a subexpression in system-username, similarly to the kerberos
test suite.
- Without a subexpression in system-username, checking for a failure.
This had no coverage until now, and the error pattern is checked in the
server logs.
Author: Jelte Fennema
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGECzQRNow4MwkBjgPxywXdJU_K3a9+Pm78JB7De3yQwwkTDew@mail.gmail.com
The current jsonpath code assumes that the referenced variable always exists.
It could only throw an error at the value valuation time. At the same time
existence checking assumes variable is present without valuation, and error
suppression doesn't work for missing variables.
This commit makes existense checking trigger an error for missing variables.
This makes the overall behavior consistent.
Backpatch to 12 where jsonpath was introduced.
Reported-by: David G. Johnston
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKFQuwbeytffJkVnEqDyLZ%3DrQsznoTh1OgDoOF3VmOMkxcTMjA%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov, David G. Johnston
Backpatch-through: 12
This reverts commit 1b4d280ea1.
It's broken the buildfarm members that run cross-version-upgrade tests,
because they're not prepared to deal with cosmetic differences between
CREATE VIEW commands emitted by older servers and HEAD. Even if we had
a solution to that, which we don't, it'd take some time to roll it out
to the affected animals. This improvement isn't valuable enough to
justify addressing that problem on an emergency basis, so revert it
for now.
The rule system needs "old" and/or "new" pseudo-RTEs in rule actions
that are ON INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE. Historically it's put such entries
into the ON SELECT rules of views as well, but those are really quite
vestigial. The only thing we've used them for is to carry the
view's relid forward to AcquireExecutorLocks (so that we can
re-lock the view to verify it hasn't changed before re-using a plan)
and to carry its relid and permissions data forward to execution-time
permissions checks. What we can do instead of that is to retain
these fields of the RTE_RELATION RTE for the view even after we
convert it to an RTE_SUBQUERY RTE. This requires a tiny amount of
extra complication in the planner and AcquireExecutorLocks, but on
the other hand we can get rid of the logic that moves that data from
one place to another.
The principal immediate benefit of doing this, aside from a small
saving in the pg_rewrite data for views, is that these pseudo-RTEs
no longer trigger ruleutils.c's heuristic about qualifying variable
names when the rangetable's length is more than 1. That results
in quite a number of small simplifications in regression test outputs,
which are all to the good IMO.
Bump catversion because we need to dump a few more fields of
RTE_SUBQUERY RTEs. While those will always be zeroes anyway in
stored rules (because we'd never populate them until query rewrite)
they are useful for debugging, and it seems like we'd better make
sure to transmit such RTEs accurately in plans sent to parallel
workers. I don't think the executor actually examines these fields
after startup, but someday it might.
Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqEf7gPN4Hn+LoZ4tP2q_Qt7n3vw7-6fJKOf92tSEnX6Gg@mail.gmail.com
In both partitioning and traditional inheritance, require child
columns to be GENERATED if and only if their parent(s) are.
Formerly we allowed the case of an inherited column being
GENERATED when its parent isn't, but that results in inconsistent
behavior: the column can be directly updated through an UPDATE
on the parent table, leading to it containing a user-supplied
value that might not match the generation expression. This also
fixes an oversight that we enforced partition-key-columns-can't-
be-GENERATED against parent tables, but not against child tables
that were dynamically attached to them.
Also, remove the restriction that the child's generation expression
be equivalent to the parent's. In the wake of commit 3f7836ff6,
there doesn't seem to be any reason that we need that restriction,
since generation expressions are always computed per-table anyway.
By removing this, we can also allow a child to merge multiple
inheritance parents with inconsistent generation expressions, by
overriding them with its own expression, much as we've long allowed
for DEFAULT expressions.
Since we're rejecting a case that we used to accept, this doesn't
seem like a back-patchable change. Given the lack of field
complaints about the inconsistent behavior, it's likely that no
one is doing this anyway, but we won't change it in minor releases.
Amit Langote and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2793383.1672944799@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commits cf5eb37c5 and e5b8a4c09 each created a new role that they
forgot to remove again. This breaks the use-case of running "make
installcheck" more than once, and it's also against project policy
because it'd be quite unfriendly behavior if one were running
"make installcheck" against a non-throwaway installation.
Prior to this, we only considered a full sort on the cheapest input path
and uniquifying any path which was already sorted in the required sort
order. Here we adjust create_final_distinct_paths() so that it also
adds an Incremental Sort path on any path which has presorted keys.
Additionally, this adjusts the parallel distinct code so that we now
consider sorting the cheapest partial path and incrementally sorting any
partial paths with presorted keys. Previously we didn't consider any
sorting for parallel distinct and only added a unique path atop any path
which had the required pathkeys already.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvo8Lz2H=42urBbfP65LTcEUOh288MT7DsG2_EWtW1AXHQ@mail.gmail.com
Can be set to the empty string, or to either or both of "set" or
"inherit". If set to a non-empty value, a non-superuser who creates
a role (necessarily by relying up the CREATEROLE privilege) will
grant that role back to themselves with the specified options.
This isn't a security feature, because the grant that this feature
triggers can also be performed explicitly. Instead, it's a user experience
feature. A superuser would necessarily inherit the privileges of any
created role and be able to access all such roles via SET ROLE;
with this patch, you can configure createrole_self_grant = 'set, inherit'
to provide a similar experience for a user who has CREATEROLE but not
SUPERUSER.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobN59ct+Emmz6ig1Nua2Q-_o=r6DSD98KfU53kctq_kQw@mail.gmail.com
Previously, CREATEROLE users were permitted to make nearly arbitrary
changes to roles that they didn't create, with certain exceptions,
particularly superuser roles. Instead, allow CREATEROLE users to make such
changes to roles for which they possess ADMIN OPTION, and to
grant membership only in roles for which they possess ADMIN OPTION.
When a CREATEROLE user who is not a superuser creates a role, grant
ADMIN OPTION on the newly-created role to the creator, so that they
can administer roles they create or for which they have been given
privileges.
With these changes, CREATEROLE users still have very significant
powers that unprivileged users do not receive: they can alter, rename,
drop, comment on, change the password for, and change security labels
on roles. However, they can now do these things only for roles for
which they possess appropriate privileges, rather than all
non-superuser roles; moreover, they cannot grant a role such as
pg_execute_server_program unless they themselves possess it.
Patch by me, reviewed by Mark Dilger.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobN59ct+Emmz6ig1Nua2Q-_o=r6DSD98KfU53kctq_kQw@mail.gmail.com
As I suspected, some machines have even more low-order-bit
inaccuracy than the ones I tested. Tweak new test so that
(hopefully) it will pass everywhere. Per buildfarm.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4173840.1673290336@sss.pgh.pa.us
We aren't using this anymore in the wake of commit 09d517773,
so delete it. We can always revert this if some future use
emerges, but I think our standards for test quality are now
high enough that that will never happen.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4173840.1673290336@sss.pgh.pa.us
We had some pretty ad-hoc and inefficient code here. To make
matters worse, it didn't test the properties of the random()
function very thoroughly, and it had a test failure rate of
one in every few tens of thousands of runs. Replace the
script altogether with new test cases that prove much more
about random()'s output, run faster, and can be calculated
to have test failure rates on the order of 1e-9.
Having done that, the failure rate of this script should be
negligible in comparison to other causes of test failures,
so remove the "ignore" marker for it in parallel_schedule.
(If it does fail, we'd like to know about that, so "ignore"
was always pretty counterproductive.)
Tom Lane and Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4173840.1673290336@sss.pgh.pa.us
This allows left join removals and unique joins to work with partitioned
tables. The planner just lacked sufficient proofs that a given join
would not cause any row duplication. Unique indexes currently serve as
that proof, so have get_relation_info() populate the indexlist for
partitioned tables too.
Author: Arne Roland
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Zhihong Yu, Amit Langote, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c3b2408b7a39433b8230bbcd02e9f302@index.de
Currently, for large transactions, the publisher sends the data in
multiple streams (changes divided into chunks depending upon
logical_decoding_work_mem), and then on the subscriber-side, the apply
worker writes the changes into temporary files and once it receives the
commit, it reads from those files and applies the entire transaction. To
improve the performance of such transactions, we can instead allow them to
be applied via parallel workers.
In this approach, we assign a new parallel apply worker (if available) as
soon as the xact's first stream is received and the leader apply worker
will send changes to this new worker via shared memory. The parallel apply
worker will directly apply the change instead of writing it to temporary
files. However, if the leader apply worker times out while attempting to
send a message to the parallel apply worker, it will switch to
"partial serialize" mode - in this mode, the leader serializes all
remaining changes to a file and notifies the parallel apply workers to
read and apply them at the end of the transaction. We use a non-blocking
way to send the messages from the leader apply worker to the parallel
apply to avoid deadlocks. We keep this parallel apply assigned till the
transaction commit is received and also wait for the worker to finish at
commit. This preserves commit ordering and avoid writing to and reading
from files in most cases. We still need to spill if there is no worker
available.
This patch also extends the SUBSCRIPTION 'streaming' parameter so that the
user can control whether to apply the streaming transaction in a parallel
apply worker or spill the change to disk. The user can set the streaming
parameter to 'on/off', or 'parallel'. The parameter value 'parallel' means
the streaming will be applied via a parallel apply worker, if available.
The parameter value 'on' means the streaming transaction will be spilled
to disk. The default value is 'off' (same as current behaviour).
In addition, the patch extends the logical replication STREAM_ABORT
message so that abort_lsn and abort_time can also be sent which can be
used to update the replication origin in parallel apply worker when the
streaming transaction is aborted. Because this message extension is needed
to support parallel streaming, parallel streaming is not supported for
publications on servers < PG16.
Author: Hou Zhijie, Wang wei, Amit Kapila with design inputs from Sawada Masahiko
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko, Peter Smith, Dilip Kumar, Shi yu, Kuroda Hayato, Shveta Mallik
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+wyN6zpaHUkCLorEWNx75MG0xhMwcFhvjqm2KURZEAGw@mail.gmail.com
During the development of 728202b63, which was aimed at reducing the
number of sorts required to evaluate multiple window functions with
different WindowClause definitions, the code written sorted the
WindowClauses in reverse tleSortGroupRef order. There appears to be no
discussion in the thread which was opened to discuss the development of
this patch and no comments mentioning the fact that having the
WindowClauses in reverse tleSortGroupRef order makes it more likely that
the final WindowClause to be evaluated will provide presorted input to
the query's DISTINCT or ORDER BY clause. The reason for this is that the
tleSortGroupRef indexes are assigned for the DISTINCT and ORDER BY clauses
before they are for the WindowClauses PARTITION BY and ORDER BY clauses.
Putting the WindowClause with the lowest tleSortGroupRef last means that
it's more likely that no additional sorting is required for the query's
DISTINCT or ORDER BY clause.
All we're doing here is adding some tests and a comment to help ensure
that remains true and that we don't accidentally forget to consider this
again should we ever rewrite that code.
Author: Ankit Kumar Pandey, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvq=g2=ny59f1bvwRVvupsgPHK-KjLPBsSL25fVuGZ4idQ@mail.gmail.com
VACUUM normally ends by running vac_update_datfrozenxid(), which
requires a scan of pg_class. Therefore, if one attempts to vacuum a
database one table at a time --- as vacuumdb has done since v12 ---
we will spend O(N^2) time in vac_update_datfrozenxid(). That causes
serious performance problems in databases with tens of thousands of
tables, and indeed the effect is measurable with only a few hundred.
To add insult to injury, only one process can run
vac_update_datfrozenxid at the same time per DB, so this behavior
largely defeats vacuumdb's -j option.
Hence, invent options SKIP_DATABASE_STATS and ONLY_DATABASE_STATS
to allow applications to postpone vac_update_datfrozenxid() until the
end of a series of VACUUM requests, and teach vacuumdb to use them.
Per bug #17717 from Gunnar L. Sadly, this answer doesn't seem
like something we'd consider back-patching, so the performance
problem will remain in v12-v15.
Tom Lane and Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17717-6c50eb1c7d23a886@postgresql.org
A schema rename should cause reporting the new qualified names of
tables to logical replication subscribers, but that wasn't happening.
Flush the RelationSyncCache to make it happen.
(If you ask me, the new test case shows that the behavior in this area
is still pretty dubious, but apparently it's operating as designed.)
Vignesh C
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm32vLRv5KdrDFeVC-CU+4Wg1daA55hMqOxDGJBzvd76-w@mail.gmail.com
We were identifying the updatable generated columns of inheritance
children by transposing the calculation made for their parent.
However, there's nothing that says a traditional-inheritance child
can't have generated columns that aren't there in its parent, or that
have different dependencies than are in the parent's expression.
(At present it seems that we don't enforce that for partitioning
either, which is likely wrong to some degree or other; but the case
clearly needs to be handled with traditional inheritance.)
Hence, drop the very-klugy-anyway "extraUpdatedCols" RTE field
in favor of identifying which generated columns depend on updated
columns during executor startup. In HEAD we can remove
extraUpdatedCols altogether; in back branches, it's still there but
always empty. Another difference between the HEAD and back-branch
versions of this patch is that in HEAD we can add the new bitmap field
to ResultRelInfo, but that would cause an ABI break in back branches.
Like 4b3e37993, add a List field at the end of struct EState instead.
Back-patch to v13. The bogus calculation is also being made in v12,
but it doesn't have the same visible effect because we don't use it
to decide which generated columns to recalculate; as a consequence of
which the patch doesn't apply easily. I think that there might still
be a demonstrable bug associated with trigger firing conditions, but
that's such a weird corner-case usage that I'm content to leave it
unfixed in v12.
Amit Langote and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqFshLKNvQUd1DgwJ-7tsTp=dwv7KZqXC4j2wYBV1aCDUA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2793383.1672944799@sss.pgh.pa.us
Windows can enumerate the locales that are either installed or
supported by calling EnumSystemLocalesEx(), similar to what is already
done in the READ_LOCALE_A_OUTPUT switch. We can refactor some of the
logic already used in that switch into a new function
create_collation_from_locale().
The enumerated locales have BCP 47 shape, that is with a hyphen
between language and territory, instead of POSIX's underscore. The
created collations will retain the BCP 47 shape, but we will also
create a POSIX alias, so xx-YY will have an xx_YY alias.
A new test collate.windows.win1252 is added that is like
collate.linux.utf8.
Author: Juan Jose Santamaria Flecha <juanjo.santamaria@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Koval <d.koval@postgrespro.ru>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/0050ec23-34d9-2765-9015-98c04f0e18ac@postgrespro.ru
While on it, newlines are removed from the end of two elog() strings.
The others are simple grammar mistakes. One comment in pg_upgrade
referred incorrectly to sequences since a7e5457.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221230231257.GI1153@telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 11
A refcursor variable that is bound to a specific query (by declaring
it with "CURSOR FOR") now chooses a portal name in the same way as an
unbound, plain refcursor variable. Its string value starts out as
NULL, and unless that's overridden by manual assignment, it will be
replaced by a unique-within-session portal name during OPEN.
The previous behavior was to initialize such variables to contain
their own name, resulting in that also being the portal name unless
the user overwrote it before OPEN. The trouble with this is that
it causes failures due to conflicting portal names if the same
cursor variable name is used in different functions. It is pretty
non-orthogonal to have bound and unbound refcursor variables behave
differently on this point, too, so let's change it.
This change can cause compatibility problems for applications that
open a bound cursor in a plpgsql function and then use it in the
calling code without explicitly passing back the refcursor value
(portal name). If the calling code simply assumes that the portal
name matches the called function's variable name, it will now fail.
That can be fixed by explicitly assigning a string value to the
refcursor variable before OPEN, e.g.
DECLARE myc CURSOR FOR SELECT ...;
BEGIN
myc := 'myc'; -- add this
OPEN myc;
We have no documentation examples showing the troublesome usage
pattern, so we can hope it's rare in practice.
Patch by me; thanks to Pavel Stehule and Jan Wieck for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1465101.1667345983@sss.pgh.pa.us
Cirrus is about to shut down its macOS-on-Intel support, so it's time to
move our CI testing over to ARM instances. The Homebrew package manager
changed its default installation prefix for the new architecture, so a
couple of tests need tweaks to find binaries.
Back-patch to 15, where in-tree CI began.
Author: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221122225744.GF11463%40telsasoft.com
f193883 has been incorrectly setting up the precision used in the
timestamp compilations returned by the following functions:
- LOCALTIME
- LOCALTIMESTAMP
- CURRENT_TIME
- CURRENT_TIMESTAMP
Specifying an out-of-range precision for CURRENT_TIMESTAMP and
LOCALTIMESTAMP was raising a WARNING without adjusting the precision,
leading to a subsequent error. LOCALTIME and CURRENT_TIME raised a
WARNING without an error, still the precision given to the internal
routines was not correct, so let's be clean.
Ian has reported the problems in timestamp.c, while I have noticed the
ones in date.c. Regression tests are added for all of them with
precisions high enough to provide coverage for the warnings, something
that went missing up to this commit.
Author: Ian Lawrence Barwick, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB8KJ=jQEnn9sYG+N752spt68wMrhmT-ocHCh4oeNmHF82QMWA@mail.gmail.com
The modified error message for regcollationin failure includes
the database encoding, which it should've occurred to me is a
portability hazard for the regression tests. Adjust the test
so the expected output doesn't include that.
In passing, fix a comment typo introduced in b8c0ffbd2.
Per buildfarm.
This is not really complete, but it catches most cases of practical
interest. The main omissions are:
* regtype, regprocedure, and regoperator parse type names by
calling the main grammar, so any grammar-detected syntax error
will still be a hard error. Also, if one includes a type
modifier in such a type specification, errors detected by the
typmodin function will be hard errors.
* Lookup errors are handled just by passing missing_ok = true
to the relevant catalog lookup function. Because we've used
quite a restrictive definition of "missing_ok", this means that
edge cases such as "the named schema exists, but you lack
USAGE permission on it" are still hard errors.
It would make sense to me to replace most/all missing_ok
parameters with an escontext parameter and then allow these
additional lookup failure cases to be trapped too. But that's
a job for some other day.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3342239.1671988406@sss.pgh.pa.us
This is slightly tedious because the adjustments cascade through
a couple of levels of subroutines, but it's not very hard.
I chose to avoid changing function signatures more than absolutely
necessary, by passing the escontext pointer in existing structs
where possible.
tsquery's nuisance NOTICEs about empty queries are suppressed in
soft-error mode, since they're not errors and we surely don't want
them to be shown to the user anyway. Maybe that whole behavior
should be reconsidered.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3824377.1672076822@sss.pgh.pa.us
Historically these input functions just called strtoul or strtoull
and returned the result, with no error detection whatever. Upgrade
them to reject garbage input and out-of-range values, similarly to
our other numeric input routines.
To share the code for this with type oid, adjust the existing
"oidin_subr" to be agnostic about the SQL name of the type it is
handling, and move it to numutils.c; then clone it for 64-bit types.
Because the xid types previously accepted hex and octal input by
reason of calling strtoul[l] with third argument zero, I made the
common subroutine do that too, with the consequence that type oid
now also accepts hex and octal input. In view of 6fcda9aba, that
seems like a good thing.
While at it, simplify the existing over-complicated handling of
syntax errors from strtoul: we only need one ereturn not three.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3526121.1672000729@sss.pgh.pa.us
This enables streaming or serializing changes immediately in logical
decoding. This parameter is intended to be used to test logical decoding
and replication of large transactions for which otherwise we need to
generate the changes till logical_decoding_work_mem is reached.
This helps in reducing the timing of existing tests related to logical
replication of in-progress transactions and will help in writing tests for
for the upcoming feature for parallelly applying large in-progress
transactions.
Author: Shi yu
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko, Shveta Mallik, Amit Kapila, Dilip Kumar, Kuroda Hayato, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSZPR01MB63104E7449DBE41932DB19F1FD1B9@OSZPR01MB6310.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
ed1a88dda added support functions for the ntile(), percent_rank() and
cume_dist() window functions but neglected to actually add these support
functions to the pg_proc entry for the corresponding window function.
Also, take this opportunity to add these window functions to one of the
regression tests added in ed1a88dda to give the support functions a little
bit of exercise. If I'd done that in the first place then the omission
would have been more obvious.
Bump the catversion, again.
The test added in commit e44dae07f9 has a thinko: it wants to read
info about a few WAL records, but it obtains the LSN of the final record
to read by asking for the WAL insert position; however,
pg_get_wal_records_info only accepts to read up to the flush position
(cf. IsFutureLSN()). In normal conditions there is no difference, since
the last record written by the preceding loop is known flushed and it's
the one the test wants; but it's possible to have some other process
insert another WAL record that isn't flushed, and that causes the whole
test to explode.
Fix by having pg_get_wal_records_info() read only up to the flushed
position. Backpatch to 15, which is where pg_walinspect appeared.
Author: Karina Litskevich <litskevichkarina@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a5559c95-52c3-5eea-cd63-9b4f1c70ff96@gmail.com
The former name was discussed as being confusing, so use "split", as per
a suggestion from Magnus Hagander.
While on it, one of the output arguments is renamed from "segno" to
"segment_number", as per a suggestion from Kyotaro Horiguchi.
The documentation is updated to reflect all these changes.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABUevEytQVaOOhGdoh0D7hGwe3fuKcRF6NthsSW7ww04EmtFgQ@mail.gmail.com
WindowFuncs such as row_number() don't care if it's called with ROWS
UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW or with RANGE UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND
CURRENT ROW. The latter is less efficient as the RANGE option requires
that the executor check for peer rows, so using the ROW option instead
would cause less overhead. Because RANGE is part of the default frame
options for WindowClauses, it means WindowAgg is, by default, working much
harder than it needs to for window functions where the ROWS / RANGE option
has no effect on the window function's result.
On a test query from the discussion thread, a performance improvement of
344% was seen by using ROWS instead of RANGE.
Here we add a new support function node type to allow support functions to
be called for window functions so that the most optimal version of the
frame options can be set. The planner has been adjusted so that the frame
options are changed only if all window functions sharing the same window
clause agree on what the optimized frame options are.
Here we give the ability for row_number(), rank(), dense_rank(),
percent_rank(), cume_dist() and ntile() to alter their WindowClause's
frameOptions.
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing, Erwin Brandstetter, Zhihong Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGHENJ7LBBszxS+SkWWFVnBmOT2oVsBhDMB1DFrgerCeYa_DyA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvohAKEtTXxq7Pc-ic2dKT8oZfbRKeEJP64M0B6+S88z+A@mail.gmail.com
1349d279 added query planner support to allow more efficient execution of
aggregate functions which have an ORDER BY or a DISTINCT clause. Prior to
that commit, the planner would only request that the lower planner produce
a plan with the order required for the GROUP BY clause and it would be
left up to nodeAgg.c to perform the final sort of records within each
group so that the aggregate transition functions were called in the
correct order. Now that the planner requests the lower planner produce a
plan with the GROUP BY and the ORDER BY / DISTINCT aggregates in mind,
there is the possibility that the planner chooses a plan which could be
less efficient than what would have been produced before 1349d279.
While developing 1349d279, I had in mind that Incremental Sort would help
us in cases where an index exists only on the GROUP BY column(s).
Incremental Sort would just replace the implicit tuplesorts which are
being performed in nodeAgg.c. However, because the planner has the
flexibility to instead choose a plan which just performs a full sort on
both the GROUP BY and ORDER BY / DISTINCT aggregate columns, there is
potential for the planner to make a bad choice. The costing for
Incremental Sort is not perfect as it assumes an even distribution of rows
to sort within each sort group.
Here we add an escape hatch in the form of the enable_presorted_aggregate
GUC. This will allow users to get the pre-PG16 behavior in cases where
they have no other means to convince the query planner to produce a plan
which only sorts on the GROUP BY column(s).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvr1Sm+g9hbv4REOVuvQKeDWXcKUAhmbK5K+dfun0s9CvA@mail.gmail.com
This function takes in input a WAL segment name and returns a tuple made
of the segment sequence number (dependent on the WAL segment size of the
cluster) and its timeline, as of a thin SQL wrapper around the existing
XLogFromFileName().
This function has multiple usages, like being able to compile a LSN from
a file name and an offset, or finding the timeline of a segment without
having to do to some maths based on the first eight characters of the
segment.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Maxim Orlov, Michael
Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACWV=FCddsxcGbVOA=cvPyMr75YCFbSQT6g4KDj=gcJK4g@mail.gmail.com
While fooling with my pet outer-join-variables patch, I discovered
that the test case I added in commit 11086f2f2 no longer demonstrates
what it's supposed to. The idea is to tempt the planner to reverse
the order of the two outer joins, which would leave noplace to
correctly evaluate the WHERE clause that's inserted between them.
Before the addition of the delay_upper_joins mechanism, it would
have taken the bait.
However, subsequent improvements broke the test in two different ways.
First, we now recognize the IS NULL coding pattern as an antijoin, and
we won't re-order antijoins; even if we did, the IS NULL test clauses
get removed so there would be no opportunity for them to misbehave.
Second, the planner now discovers that nested parameterized indexscans
are a lot cheaper than the double hash join it used back in the day,
and that approach doesn't want to re-order the joins anyway. Thus,
in HEAD the test passes even if one dikes out delay_upper_joins.
To fix, change the IS NULL tests to COALESCE clauses, which produce
the same results but the planner isn't smart enough to convert them
to antijoins. It'll still go for parameterized indexscans though,
so drop the index enabling that (don't know why I added that in the
first place), and disable nestloop joining just to be sure.
This time around, add an EXPLAIN to make the choice of plan visible.
Such references failed with "cache lookup failed for type 0"
because we didn't resolve the type of the CYCLE column until after
analyzing the CTE's query. We can just move that processing
to before the recursive parse_sub_analyze call, though.
While here, invent a couple of local variables to make this
code less egregiously wider-than-80-columns.
Per bug #17723 from Vik Fearing. Back-patch to v14 where
the CYCLE feature was added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17723-2c4985ff111e7bba@postgresql.org
The key idea here is that xml_parse must distinguish hard errors
from soft errors. We want to throw a hard error for libxml
initialization failures: those might be out-of-memory, or something
else, but in any case they are not the fault of the input string.
If we get to the point of parsing the input, and something goes
wrong, we can fairly consider that to mean bad input.
One thing that arguably does mean bad input, but I didn't trouble
to handle softly, is encoding conversion failure while converting
the server encoding to UTF8. This might be something to improve
later, but it seems like a pretty low-probability scenario.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3564577.1671142683@sss.pgh.pa.us
When incremental sorts were added in v13 a 1.5x pessimism factor was added
to the cost modal. Seemingly this was done because the cost modal only
has an estimate of the total number of input rows and the number of
presorted groups. It assumes that the input rows will be evenly
distributed throughout the presorted groups. The 1.5x pessimism factor
was added to slightly reduce the likelihood of incremental sorts being
used in the hope to avoid performance regressions where an incremental
sort plan was picked and turned out slower due to a large skew in the
number of rows in the presorted groups.
An additional quirk with the path generation code meant that we could
consider both a sort and an incremental sort on paths with presorted keys.
This meant that with the pessimism factor, it was possible that we opted
to perform a sort rather than an incremental sort when the given path had
presorted keys.
Here we remove the 1.5x pessimism factor to allow incremental sorts to
have a fairer chance at being chosen against a full sort.
Previously we would generally create a sort path on the cheapest input
path (if that wasn't sorted already) and incremental sort paths on any
path which had presorted keys. This meant that if the cheapest input path
wasn't completely sorted but happened to have presorted keys, we would
create a full sort path *and* an incremental sort path on that input path.
Here we change this logic so that if there are presorted keys, we only
create an incremental sort path, and create sort paths only when a full
sort is required.
Both the removal of the cost pessimism factor and the changes made to the
path generation make it more likely that incremental sorts will now be
chosen. That, of course, as with teaching the planner any new tricks,
means an increased likelihood that the planner will perform an incremental
sort when it's not the best method. Our standard escape hatch for these
cases is an enable_* GUC. enable_incremental_sort already exists for
this.
This came out of a report by Pavel Luzanov where he mentioned that the
master branch was choosing to perform a Seq Scan -> Sort -> Group
Aggregate for his query with an ORDER BY aggregate function. The v15 plan
for his query performed an Index Scan -> Group Aggregate, of course, the
aggregate performed the final sort internally in nodeAgg.c for the
aggregate's ORDER BY. The ideal plan would have been to use the index,
which provided partially sorted input then use an incremental sort to
provide the aggregate with the sorted input. This was not being chosen
due to the pessimism in the incremental sort cost modal, so here we remove
that and rationalize the path generation so that sort and incremental sort
plans don't have to needlessly compete. We assume that it's senseless
to ever use a full sort on a given input path where an incremental sort
can be performed.
Reported-by: Pavel Luzanov
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9f61ddbf-2989-1536-b31e-6459370a6baa%40postgrespro.ru
It seems that drop-index-concurrently-1 has started to forget what it was
originally meant to be testing. d2d8a229b, which added incremental sorts
changed the expected plan to be an Index Scan plan instead of a Seq Scan
plan. This occurred as the primary key index of the table in question
provided presorted input and, because that index happened to be the
cheapest input path due to enable_seqscan being disabled, the incremental
sort changes just added a Sort on top of that. It seems based on the name
of the PREPAREd statement that the intention here is that the query
produces a seqscan plan.
The reason this test has become broken seems to be due to how the test was
originally coded. The test was trying to force a seqscan plan by
performing some casting to make it so the test_dc index couldn't be used
to perform the required filtering. Trying to coax the planner into using
a plan which has costed in a disable_cost seems like it's always going to
be flakey as small changes in costs are drowned out by the large
disable_cost combined with add_path's STD_FUZZ_FACTOR. Here we get rid of
the casts that we're using to try to trick the planner into a seqscan and
instead toggle enable_seqscan as and when required to get the desired
plan.
Additionally, rename a few things in the test and add some additional
wording to the comments to try and make it more clear in the future what
we expect this test to be doing.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrbDhObhLV+=U_K_-t+2Av2av1aL9d+2j_3AO-XndaviA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 13, where d2d8a229b changed the expected test output
This is mostly straightforward, except that if the range type
has a canonical function, that might throw an error during range
input. (Such errors probably only occur for edge cases: in the
in-core canonical functions, it happens only if a bound has the
maximum valid value for the underlying type.) Hence, this patch
extends the soft-error regime to allow canonical functions to
return errors softly as well. Extensions implementing range
canonical functions will need modification anyway because of the
API change for range_serialize(); while at it, they might want
to do something similar to what's been done here in the in-core
canonical functions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3284599.1671075185@sss.pgh.pa.us
35f059e9bd put the provariadic sanity
check into type_sanity.sql, even though it's not about types, and
moreover in the middle of some connected test group, which makes it
all very confusing. Move it to opr_sanity.sql, where it is in better
company.
Convert assorted internal-ish datatypes, namely aclitemin,
int2vectorin, oidin, oidvectorin, pg_lsn_in, pg_snapshot_in,
and tidin to the new style.
(Some others you might expect to find in this group, such as
cidin and xidin, need no changes because they never throw
errors at all. That seems a little cheesy ... but it is not in
the charter of this patch series to add new error conditions.)
Amul Sul, minor mods by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b97KeDWUdpTKGOaFYPv0OicjOu6EW+QYWj-Ywrgj_aEy1g@mail.gmail.com
Convert box_in, circle_in, line_in, lseg_in, path_in, point_in,
and poly_in to the new style.
line_in still throws hard errors for overflows/underflows that can occur
when the input is specified as two points rather than in the canonical
"Ax + By + C = 0" style. I'm not too concerned about that: it won't be
reached in normal dump/restore cases, and it's fairly debatable that
such conversion should ever have been made part of a type input function
in the first place. But in any case, I don't want to extend the soft
error conventions into float.h without more discussion than this patch
has had.
Amul Sul, minor mods by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b97KeDWUdpTKGOaFYPv0OicjOu6EW+QYWj-Ywrgj_aEy1g@mail.gmail.com
Add support for hexadecimal, octal, and binary integer literals:
0x42F
0o273
0b100101
per SQL:202x draft.
This adds support in the lexer as well as in the integer type input
functions.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com>
Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed <dean.a.rasheed@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b239564c-cad0-b23e-c57e-166d883cb97d@enterprisedb.com
jsonb_get_element() was incautious enough to use VARDATA() and
VARSIZE() directly on an arbitrary text Datum. That of course
fails if the Datum is short-header, compressed, or out-of-line.
The typical result would be failing to match any element of a
jsonb object, though matching the wrong one seems possible as well.
setPathObject() was slightly brighter, in that it used VARDATA_ANY
and VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR, but that only kept it out of trouble for
short-header Datums. push_path() had the same issue. This could
result in faulty subscripted insertions, though keys long enough to
cause a problem are likely rare in the wild.
Having seen these, I looked around for unsafe usages in the rest
of the adt/json* files. There are a couple of places where it's not
immediately obvious that the Datum can't be compressed or out-of-line,
so I added pg_detoast_datum_packed() to cope if it is. Also, remove
some other usages of VARDATA/VARSIZE on Datums we just extracted from
a text array. Those aren't actively broken, but they will become so
if we ever start allowing short-header array elements, which does not
seem like a terribly unreasonable thing to do. In any case they are
not great coding examples, and they could also do with comments
pointing out that we're assuming we don't need pg_detoast_datum_packed.
Per report from exe-dealer@yandex.ru. Patch by me, but thanks to
David Johnston for initial investigation. Back-patch to v14 where
jsonb subscripting was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/205321670615953@mail.yandex.ru
During ALTER TABLE execution, when prep-time handling of subcommands of
certain types determine that execution-time handling requires recursion,
they signal this by changing the subcommand type to a special value.
This can be done in a simpler way by using a separate flag introduced by
commit ec0925c22a, so do that.
Catversion bumped. It's not clear to me that ALTER TABLE subcommands
are stored anywhere in catalogs (CREATE FUNCTION rejects it in BEGIN
ATOMIC function bodies), but we do have both write and read support for
them, so be safe.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220929090033.zxuaezcdwh2fgfjb@alvherre.pgsql
This is straightforward as far as it goes. However, it does not
attempt to trap errors occurring during the execution of domain
CHECK constraints. Since those are general user-defined
expressions, the only way to do that would involve starting up a
subtransaction for each check. Of course the entire point of
the soft-errors feature is to not need subtransactions, so that
would be self-defeating. For now, we'll rely on the assumption
that domain checks are written to avoid throwing errors.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1181028.1670635727@sss.pgh.pa.us
This requires a bit of further infrastructure-extension to allow
trapping errors reported by numeric_in and pg_unicode_to_server,
but otherwise it's pretty straightforward.
In the case of jsonb_in, we are only capturing errors reported
during the initial "parse" phase. The value-construction phase
(JsonbValueToJsonb) can also throw errors if assorted implementation
limits are exceeded. We should improve that, but it seems like a
separable project.
Andrew Dunstan and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3bac9841-fe07-713d-fa42-606c225567d6@dunslane.net
This patch converts the input functions for date, time, timetz,
timestamp, timestamptz, and interval to the new soft-error style.
There's some related stuff in formatting.c that remains to be
cleaned up, but that seems like a separable project.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3bbbb0df-7382-bf87-9737-340ba096e034@postgrespro.ru
This patch converts the input functions for bool, int2, int4, int8,
float4, float8, numeric, and contrib/cube to the new soft-error style.
array_in and record_in are also converted. There's lots more to do,
but this is enough to provide proof-of-concept that the soft-error
API is usable, as well as reference examples for how to convert
input functions.
This patch is mostly by me, but it owes very substantial debt to
earlier work by Nikita Glukhov, Andrew Dunstan, and Amul Sul.
Thanks to Andres Freund for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3bbbb0df-7382-bf87-9737-340ba096e034@postgrespro.ru
pg_input_is_valid() returns boolean, while pg_input_error_message()
returns the primary error message if the input is bad, or NULL
if the input is OK. The main reason for having two functions is
so that we can test both the details-wanted and the no-details-wanted
code paths.
Although these are primarily designed with testing in mind,
it could well be that they'll be useful to end users as well.
This patch is mostly by me, but it owes very substantial debt to
earlier work by Nikita Glukhov, Andrew Dunstan, and Amul Sul.
Thanks to Andres Freund for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3bbbb0df-7382-bf87-9737-340ba096e034@postgrespro.ru
The USER SET flag specifies that the variable should be set on behalf of an
ordinary role. That lets ordinary roles set placeholder variables, which
permission requirements are not known yet. Such a value wouldn't be used if
the variable finally appear to require superuser privileges.
The new flags are stored in the pg_db_role_setting.setuser array. Catversion
is bumped.
This commit is inspired by the previous work by Steve Chavez.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsLd6E--epnGqXENqLP6dLwuNZrPMcNYb3wJ87WR7UBOQ%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov, Steve Chavez
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov, Steve Chavez
Commit 7103ebb7aa added support for MERGE, which included support for
inheritance hierarchies, but didn't document the fact that ONLY could
be specified before the source and/or target tables to exclude tables
inheriting from the tables specified.
Update merge.sgml to mention this, and while at it, add some
regression tests to cover it.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Nathan Bossart.
Backpatch to 15, where MERGE was added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCU0XM-bJCvpJuVRU3UYNRqEBS6g4-zH%3Dj9Ye0caX8F6uQ%40mail.gmail.com
To run all tests that support running against existing server:
$ meson test --setup running
To run just the main pg_regress tests against existing server:
$ meson test --setup running regress-running/regress
To ensure the 'running' setup continues to work, test it as part of the
freebsd CI task.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=XDQcmLoo7RR_i6FKQdDmcyb9q5gStnfuuQXrOGhB2sQ@mail.gmail.com
There likely are further issues, but as evidenced by the CI task proposed by
Justin in the referenced thread, this suffices to build and run basic tests in
cygwin (some fixes for the test infrastructure are needed, but that's
independent of the meson aspect).
Author: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221021034040.GT16921@telsasoft.com
Currently, information about the permissions to be checked on relations
mentioned in a query is stored in their range table entries. So the
executor must scan the entire range table looking for relations that
need to have permissions checked. This can make the permission checking
part of the executor initialization needlessly expensive when many
inheritance children are present in the range range. While the
permissions need not be checked on the individual child relations, the
executor still must visit every range table entry to filter them out.
This commit moves the permission checking information out of the range
table entries into a new plan node called RTEPermissionInfo. Every
top-level (inheritance "root") RTE_RELATION entry in the range table
gets one and a list of those is maintained alongside the range table.
This new list is initialized by the parser when initializing the range
table. The rewriter can add more entries to it as rules/views are
expanded. Finally, the planner combines the lists of the individual
subqueries into one flat list that is passed to the executor for
checking.
To make it quick to find the RTEPermissionInfo entry belonging to a
given relation, RangeTblEntry gets a new Index field 'perminfoindex'
that stores the corresponding RTEPermissionInfo's index in the query's
list of the latter.
ExecutorCheckPerms_hook has gained another List * argument; the
signature is now:
typedef bool (*ExecutorCheckPerms_hook_type) (List *rangeTable,
List *rtePermInfos,
bool ereport_on_violation);
The first argument is no longer used by any in-core uses of the hook,
but we leave it in place because there may be other implementations that
do. Implementations should likely scan the rtePermInfos list to
determine which operations to allow or deny.
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqGjJDmUhDSfv-U2qhKJjt9ST7Xh9JXC_irsAQ1TAUsJYg@mail.gmail.com
A couple of places weren't up to speed for this. By sheer good
luck, we didn't fail but just selected a non-memoized join plan,
at least in the test case we have. Nonetheless, it's a bug,
and I'm not quite sure that it couldn't have worse consequences
in other examples. So back-patch to v14 where Memoize came in.
Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs48GkNom272sfp0-WeD6_0HSR19BJ4H1c9ZKSfbVnJsvRg@mail.gmail.com
For historical reasons, pg_dump refers to large objects as "BLOBs".
This term is not used anywhere else in PostgreSQL, and it also means
something different in the SQL standard and other SQL systems.
This patch renames internal functions, code comments, documentation,
etc. to use the "large object" or "LO" terminology instead. There is
no functionality change, so the archive format still uses the name
"BLOB" for the archive entry. Additional long command-line options
are added with the new naming.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/868a381f-4650-9460-1726-1ffd39a270b4%40enterprisedb.com
When updating a relation with a rule whose action performed an INSERT
from a multi-row VALUES list, the rewriter might skip processing the
VALUES list, and therefore fail to replace any DEFAULTs in it. This
would lead to an "unrecognized node type" error.
The reason was that RewriteQuery() assumed that a query doing an
INSERT from a multi-row VALUES list would necessarily only have one
item in its fromlist, pointing to the VALUES RTE to read from. That
assumption is correct for the original query, but not for product
queries produced for rule actions. In such cases, there may be
multiple items in the fromlist, possibly including multiple VALUES
RTEs.
What is required instead is for RewriteQuery() to skip any RTEs from
the product query's originating query, which might include one or more
already-processed VALUES RTEs. What's left should then include at most
one VALUES RTE (from the rule action) to be processed.
Patch by me. Thanks to Tom Lane for reviewing.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCV39OOW7LAR_Xq4i%2BLc1Byux%3DeK3Q%3DHD_pF1o9LBt%3DphA%40mail.gmail.com
Some options of these commands need to be able to identify the start
of the function body within the output of pg_get_functiondef().
It used to be that that always began with "AS", but since the
introduction of new-style SQL functions, it might also start with
"BEGIN" or "RETURN". Fix that on the psql side, and add some
regression tests.
Noted by me awhile ago, but I didn't do anything about it.
Thanks to David Johnston for a nag.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AM9PR01MB8268D5CDABDF044EE9F42173FE8C9@AM9PR01MB8268.eurprd01.prod.exchangelabs.com
Up to now we have allowed manual creation of an ON SELECT rule on
a table to convert it into a view. That was never anything but a
horrid, error-prone hack though. pg_dump used to rely on that
behavior to deal with cases involving circular dependencies,
where a dependency loop could be broken by separating the creation
of a view from installation of its ON SELECT rule. However, we
changed pg_dump to use CREATE OR REPLACE VIEW for that in commit
d8c05aff5 (which was later back-patched as far as 9.4), so there's
not a good argument anymore for continuing to support the behavior.
The proximate reason for axing it now is that we found that the
new statistics code has failure modes associated with the relkind
change caused by this behavior. We'll patch around that in v15,
but going forward it seems like a better idea to get rid of the
need to support relkind changes.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm2yXz+zOtv7y5zBd5WKT8O0Ld3YxikuU3dcyCvxF7gypA@mail.gmail.com
For Updates and Deletes, we were not honoring the columns list for old
tuple values while sending tuple data via pgoutput. This results in
pgoutput emitting more columns than expected.
This is not a problem for built-in logical replication as we simply ignore
additional columns based on the relation information sent previously which
didn't have those columns. However, some other users of pgoutput plugin
may expect the columns as per the column list. Also, sending extra columns
unnecessarily consumes network bandwidth defeating the purpose of the
column list feature.
Reported-by: Gunnar Morling
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 15
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADGJaX9kiRZ-OH0EpWF5Fkyh1ZZYofoNRCrhapBfdk02tj5EKg@mail.gmail.com
Compression specifications are currently used by pg_basebackup and
pg_receivewal, and are able to let the user control in an extended way
the method and level of compression used. As an effect of this commit,
pg_dump's -Z/--compress is now able to use more than just an integer, as
of the grammar "method[:detail]".
The method can be either "none" or "gzip", and can optionally take a
detail string. If the detail string is only an integer, it defines the
compression level. A comma-separated list of keywords can also be used
method allows for more options, the only keyword supported now is
"level".
The change is backward-compatible, hence specifying only an integer
leads to no compression for a level of 0 and gzip compression when the
level is greater than 0.
Most of the code changes are straight-forward, as pg_dump was relying on
an integer tracking the compression level to check for gzip or no
compression. These are changed to use a compression specification and
the algorithm stored in it.
As of this change, note that the dump format is not bumped because there
is no need yet to track the compression algorithm in the TOC entries.
Hence, we still rely on the compression level to make the difference
when reading them. This will be mandatory once a new compression method
is added, though.
In order to keep the code simpler when parsing the compression
specification, the code is changed so as pg_dump now fails hard when
using gzip on -Z/--compress without its support compiled, rather than
enforcing no compression without the user knowing about it except
through a warning. Like before this commit, archive and custom formats
are compressed by default when the code is compiled with gzip, and left
uncompressed without gzip.
Author: Georgios Kokolatos
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/O4mutIrCES8ZhlXJiMvzsivT7ztAMja2lkdL1LJx6O5f22I2W8PBIeLKz7mDLwxHoibcnRAYJXm1pH4tyUNC4a8eDzLn22a6Pb1S74Niexg=@pm.me
In commit 40c24bfef, I forgot to use get_rule_expr_paren() for the
arguments of AT TIME ZONE, resulting in possibly not printing parens
for expressions that need it. But get_rule_expr_paren() wouldn't have
gotten it right anyway, because isSimpleNode() hadn't been taught that
COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX parent nodes don't guarantee sufficient parentheses.
Improve all that. Also use this methodology for F_IS_NORMALIZED, so
that we don't print useless parens for that.
In passing, remove a comment that was obsoleted later.
Per report from Duncan Sands. Back-patch to v14 where this code
came in. (Before that, we didn't try to print AT TIME ZONE that way,
so there was no bug just ugliness.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f41566aa-a057-6628-4b7c-b48770ecb84a@deepbluecap.com
Matviews have been discarded from needing predicate locks since 3bf3ab8
and their introduction. At this point, there was no concurrent flavor
of REFRESH yet, hence there was no meaning in having materialized views
look at read/write conflicts with concurrent transactions using
themselves the serializable isolation level because they could only be
refreshed with an access exclusive lock. CONCURRENTLY, on the contrary,
allows reads and writes during a refresh as it holds a share update
exclusive lock.
Some isolation tests are added to show the effect of the change, with a
combination of one table and a matview based on it, using a mix of
REFRESH CONCURRENTLY and read/write queries.
This could arguably be considered as a bug, but as it is a subtle
behavior change potentially impacting applications no backpatch is
done.
Author: Yugo Nagata
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo, Dilip Kumar, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220726164434.42d4e33911b4b4fcf751c4e7@sraoss.co.jp
Writing "pg_regress --dbname= ..." led to a crash, because
we weren't expecting there to be no database name supplied.
It doesn't seem like a great idea to run regression tests
in whatever is the user's default database; so rather than
supporting this case let's explicitly reject it.
Per report from Xing Guo. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACpMh+A8cRvtvtOWVAZsCM1DU81GK4DL26R83y6ugZ1osV=ifA@mail.gmail.com
This adds coverage for a few scenarios not checked yet in psql, with
multiple query combined across files defined by \o, \g or both at the
same time. The results are saved in the output files defined, then
reloaded back to check what has been written to them.
Author: Daniel Verite
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/25c2bb5b-9012-40f8-8088-774cb764046d@manitou-mail.org
The JOIN_SEMI case Assert'ed that there are no PlaceHolderVars that
need to be evaluated at the semijoin's RHS, which is wrong because
there could be some in the semijoin's qual condition. However, there
could not be any references further up than that, and within the qual
there is not any way that such a PHV could have gone to null yet, so
we don't really need the PHV and there is no need to avoid making the
RHS-removal optimization. The upshot is that there's no actual bug
in production code, and we ought to just remove this misguided Assert.
While we're here, also drop the JOIN_RIGHT case, which is dead code
because reduce_outer_joins() already got rid of JOIN_RIGHT.
Per bug #17700 from Xin Wen. Uselessness of the JOIN_RIGHT case
pointed out by Richard Guo. Back-patch to v12 where this code
was added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17700-2b5c10d917c30687@postgresql.org
This provides two new predefined roles: pg_vacuum_all_tables and
pg_analyze_all_tables. Roles which have been granted these roles can
perform vacuum or analyse respectively on any or all tables as if they
were a superuser. This removes the need to grant superuser privilege to
roles just so they can perform vacuum and/or analyze.
Nathan Bossart
Reviewed by: Bharath Rupireddy, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Stephen Frost, Robert
Haas, Mark Dilger, Tom Lane, Corey Huinker, David G. Johnston, Michael
Paquier.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220722203735.GB3996698@nathanxps13
Currently a table can only be vacuumed or analyzed by its owner or
a superuser. This can now be extended to any user by means of an
appropriate GRANT.
Nathan Bossart
Reviewed by: Bharath Rupireddy, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Stephen Frost, Robert
Haas, Mark Dilger, Tom Lane, Corey Huinker, David G. Johnston, Michael
Paquier.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220722203735.GB3996698@nathanxps13
This commit adds a basic set of authentication tests to check after the
new keywords added by a54b658 for the HBA and ident files, aka
"include", "include_if_exists" and "include_dir".
This includes checks for all the positive cases originally proposed,
where valid contents are generated for the HBA and ident files without
any errors happening in the server, checking as well the contents of
their respective system views. The error handling will be evaluated
separately (-DEXEC_BACKEND makes that trickier), and what we have here
covers most of the ground I would like to see covered if one manipulates
the tokenization logic of hba.c in the future.
While on it, some coverage is added for files included with '@' for
database or user name lists.
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220223045959.35ipdsvbxcstrhya@jrouhaud
Peer connections require support for local connections to work, but the
test missed the same check as the other ones in this suite. The
buildfarm does not run the authentication tests on Windows, and, more
surprisingly, the CI with meson was already able to skip it.
Author: Anton A. Melnikov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28b9d685-9590-45b1-fe87-358d61c6950a@inbox.ru
pg_hba.conf and pg_ident.conf gain support for three record keywords:
- "include", to include a file.
- "include_if_exists", to include a file, ignoring it if missing.
- "include_dir", to include a directory of files. These are classified
by name (C locale, mostly) and need to be prefixed by ".conf", hence
following the same rules as GUCs.
This commit relies on the refactoring pieces done in efc9816, ad6c528,
783e8c6 and 1b73d0b, adding a small wrapper to build a list of
TokenizedAuthLines (tokenize_include_file), and the code is shaped to
offer some symmetry with what is done for GUCs with the same options.
pg_hba_file_rules and pg_ident_file_mappings gain a new field called
file_name, to track from which file a record is located, taking
advantage of the addition of rule_number in c591300 to offer an
organized view of the HBA or ident records loaded.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220223045959.35ipdsvbxcstrhya@jrouhaud
Examine ParseNamespaceItem flags to detect whether a column name
is unreferenceable for lack of LATERAL, or could be referenced if
a qualified name were used, and give better hints for such cases.
Also, don't phrase the message to imply that there's only one
matching column when there is really more than one.
Many of the regression test output changes are not very interesting,
but just reflect reclassifying the "There is a column ... but it
cannot be referenced from this part of the query" messages as DETAIL
rather than HINT. They are details per our style guide, in the sense
of being factual rather than offering advice; and this change provides
room to offer actual HINTs about what to do.
While here, adjust the fuzzy-name-matching code to be a shade less
impenetrable. It was overloading the meanings of FuzzyAttrMatchState
fields way too much IMO, so splitting them into multiple fields seems
to make it clearer. It's not like we need to shave bytes in that
struct.
Per discussion of bug #17233 from Alexander Korolev.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17233-afb9d806aaa64b17@postgresql.org
This switch impacts 9 patterns related to a SQL-mandated special syntax
for function calls:
- LOCALTIME [ ( typmod ) ]
- LOCALTIMESTAMP [ ( typmod ) ]
- CURRENT_TIME [ ( typmod ) ]
- CURRENT_TIMESTAMP [ ( typmod ) ]
- CURRENT_DATE
Five new entries are added to pg_proc to compensate the removal of
SQLValueFunction to provide backward-compatibility and making this
change transparent for the end-user (for example for the attribute
generated when a keyword is specified in a SELECT or in a FROM clause
without an alias, or when specifying something else than an Iconst to
the parser).
The parser included a set of checks coming from the files in charge of
holding the C functions used for the SQLValueFunction calls (as of
transformSQLValueFunction()), which are now moved within each function's
execution path, so this reduces the dependencies between the execution
and the parsing steps. As of this change, all the SQL keywords use the
same paths for their work, relying only on COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX. Like
fb32748, no performance difference has been noticed, while the perf
profiles get reduced with ExecEvalSQLValueFunction() gone.
Bump catalog version.
Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker, Ted Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YzaG3MoryCguUOym@paquier.xyz
Commit 3d14e171e dropped regress_roleoption_donor twice and
regress_roleoption_protagonist not at all. Leaving roles behind
after "make installcheck" is unfriendly in its own right, plus
it causes repeated runs of "make installcheck" to fail.
Currently there is a race condition where if concurrent TAP tests both
test that they can open a port they will assume that it is free and use
it, causing one of them to fail. To prevent this we record a reservation
using an exclusive lock, and any TAP test that discovers a reservation
checks to see if the reserving process is still alive, and looks for
another free port if it is.
Ports are reserved in a directory set by the environment setting
PG_TEST_PORT_DIR, or if that doesn't exist a subdirectory of the top
build directory as set by meson or Makefile.global, or its own
tmp_check directory.
The prove_check recipe in Makefile.global.in is extended to export
top_builddir to the TAP tests. This was already exported by the
prove_installcheck recipes.
Per complaint from Andres Freund
This will be backpatched in due course after some testing.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221002164931.d57hlutrcz4d2zi7@awork3.anarazel.de
The test output varies when debug_discard_caches is enabled,
because that causes extra executions of recomputeNamespacePath.
Maybe putting a hook in that was a bad idea, but as a stopgap,
just turn off debug_discard_caches in this test.
Per buildfarm (now that we have debug_discard_caches coverage
again). Back-patch to v15 where this module was added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2267406.1668804934@sss.pgh.pa.us
Similar to how the INHERIT option controls whether or not the
permissions of the granted role are automatically available to the
grantee, the new SET permission controls whether or not the grantee
may use the SET ROLE command to assume the privileges of the granted
role.
In addition, the new SET permission controls whether or not it
is possible to transfer ownership of objects to the target role
or to create new objects owned by the target role using commands
such as CREATE DATABASE .. OWNER. We could alternatively have made
this controlled by the INHERIT option, or allow it when either
option is given. An advantage of this approach is that if you
are granted a predefined role with INHERIT TRUE, SET FALSE, you
can't go and create objects owned by that role.
The underlying theory here is that the ability to create objects
as a target role is not a privilege per se, and thus does not
depend on whether you inherit the target role's privileges. However,
it's surely something you could do anyway if you could SET ROLE
to the target role, and thus making it contingent on whether you
have that ability is reasonable.
Design review by Nathan Bossat, Wolfgang Walther, Jeff Davis,
Peter Eisentraut, and Stephen Frost.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmob+zDSRS6JXYrgq0NWdzCXuTNzT5eK54Dn2hhgt17nm8A@mail.gmail.com
The object_address test file turns to psql unaligned output for some
tests to avoid huge diffs for changes. But this is useful also to the
other large test in that file, so apply it there as well. This also
makes verifying the null and whitespace behavior easier.
Version strings with unequal numbers of parts were being compared
incorrectly. We cure this by treating a missing part in the shorter
version as 0.
per complaint from Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais, but the fix is mine, not
his.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220628225325.53d97b8d@karst
Backpatch to release 14 where this code was introduced.
As introduced in 006b69f, the order of the headers was incorrect.
However, it happens that lwlock.h can just be dropped from the list, so
let's be clean and remove it, fixing the order of the listed headers.
Commit 1cc29fe7c, which taught EXPLAIN to print PARAM_EXEC Params as
the referenced expressions, included some checks to prevent matching
Params found in SubPlans or InitPlans to NestLoopParams of upper query
levels. At the time, this seemed possibly necessary to avoid false
matches because of the planner's habit of re-using the same PARAM_EXEC
slot in multiple places in a plan. Furthermore, in the absence of
LATERAL no such reference could be valid anyway. But it's possible
now that we have LATERAL, and in the wake of 46c508fbc and 1db5667ba
I believe the false-match hazard is gone. Hence, remove the
in_same_plan_level checks. As shown in the regression test changes,
this provides a useful improvement in readability for EXPLAIN of
LATERAL-using subplans.
Richard Guo, reviewed by Greg Stark and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-YSOcQXAagJetP95cAeZPqzOy5kM5yijG0PVW5ztRb4w@mail.gmail.com
We can re-use the clusters set up for this test script's first test,
instead of generating new ones. On my machine this is good for
about a 20% reduction in this script's runtime, from ~6.5 sec to
~5.2 sec.
This idea could be taken further, but it'd require a much more invasive
patch. These cases are easy because the Perl variable names were
already being re-used.
Anton A. Melnikov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/eb7aa992-c2d7-6ce7-4942-0c784231a362@inbox.ru
This commit introduces a basic facility to test SLRUs, in terms of
initialization, page reads, writes, flushes, truncation and deletions,
using SQL wrappers around the APIs of slru.c. This should be easily
extensible at will, and it can be used as a starting point for someone
willing to implement an external module that makes use of SLRUs (LWLock
tranche registering and SLRU initialization particularly).
As this requires a loaded library, the tests use a custom configuration
file and are disabled under installcheck.
Author: Aleksander Alekseev, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov, Daniel Gustafsson, Noah Misch, Maxim Orlov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TOFoWcHOW4BVe3BG_uikCrO9B91ayx9d6rh5JZr_tPESg@mail.gmail.com
This adds a new psql command \bind that sets query parameters and
causes the next query to be sent using the extended query protocol.
Example:
SELECT $1, $2 \bind 'foo' 'bar' \g
This may be useful for psql scripting, but one of the main purposes is
also to be able to test various aspects of the extended query protocol
from psql and to write tests more easily.
Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/e8dd1cd5-0e04-3598-0518-a605159fe314@enterprisedb.com
The current code looks for the sample file in the source directory, but
it seems better to test against the installed sample file.
Backpatch to release 15 where the test was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/73eea68e-3b6f-5f63-6024-25ed26b52016@dunslane.net
Reviewed by Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier.
Currently this only allows for one argument, which must be present, and
always returns a single string. With this change the following now all
work:
$all_config = $node->config_data;
%config_map = ($node->config_data);
$incdir = $node->config_data('--include-dir');
($incdir, $sharedir) = $node->config_data(
qw(--include-dir --share-dir));
Backpatch to release 15 where this was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/73eea68e-3b6f-5f63-6024-25ed26b52016@dunslane.net
Reviewed by Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier.
Test files should now ignore has_wal_read_bug() so long as
wait_for_catchup() is their only known way of reaching the bug. That's
at least five files today, a number expected to grow over time. This
commit removes skip logic from three. By doing so, systems having the
bug regain the ability to catch other kinds of defects via those three
tests. The other two, 002_databases.pl and 031_recovery_conflict.pl,
have been unprotected. Back-patch to v15, where done_testing() first
became our standard.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221030031639.GA3082137@rfd.leadboat.com
The stanza "SET STORAGE may need to add a TOAST table" does not
test what it's supposed to, and hasn't done so since we added
the ability to store constant column default values as metadata.
We need to use a non-constant default to get the expected table
rewrite to actually happen.
Fix that, and add the missing checks that would have exposed the
problem to begin with.
Noted while reviewing a patch that made changes in this test case.
Back-patch to v11 where the problem came in.
Previously, trying to set storage parameters on a partitioned table
always led to "unrecognized parameter foo", because the code expected
there might be some valid parameters; but there aren't any. The docs
make clear that it's intended that there never will be any, so let's
replace this useless search with a more to-the-point message.
Simon Riggs and Karina Litskevich
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANbhV-H=eZ9kTR9mUgKGK0Qv9uXP=U+dQg3rinQHfTdFMhBA2A@mail.gmail.com
\d+ is already able to show if a partition or a child table is
"PARTITIONED" via its relkind, hence the addition of a keyword for
"FOREIGN" in the relation description is basically free.
Author: Ian Lawrence Barwick
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB8KJ=iwzbEz2HR9EhNxQLVhMk2G_OYtQPJ9V=jWLadseggrOA@mail.gmail.com
A NULL result should be reported when a stats timestamp is set to 0, but
c037471 missed that, leading to a confusing timestamp value after for
example a DML on a freshly-created relation with no scans done on it
yet.
This impacted the following attributes for two system views:
- pg_stat_all_tables.last_idx_scan
- pg_stat_all_tables.last_seq_scan
- pg_stat_all_indexes.last_idx_scan
Reported-by: Robert Treat
Analyzed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Author: Dave Page
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABV9wwPzMfSaz3EfKXXDxKmMprbxwF5r6WPuxqA=5mzRUqfTGg@mail.gmail.com
"Triggers on partitioned tables cannot have transition tables." is
incorrect as we allow statement-level triggers on partitioned tables to
have transition tables.
This has been wrong since commit 86f575948; back-patch to v11 where that
commit came in.
Reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPmGK17gk4vXLzz2iG%2BG4LWRWCoVyam70nZ3OuGm1hMJwDrhcg%40mail.gmail.com
Commit f56f8f8da6 added some code in CloneFkReferencing that's way too
lax about a Constraint node it manufactures, not initializing enough
struct members -- initially_valid in particular was forgotten. This
causes some FKs in partitions added by ALTER TABLE ATTACH PARTITION to
be marked as not validated. Set initially_valid true, which fixes the
bug.
While at it, make the struct initialization more complete. Very similar
code was added in two other places by the same commit; make them all
follow the same pattern for consistency, though no bugs are apparent
there.
This bug has never been reported: I only happened to notice while
working on commit 614a406b4f. The test case that was added there with
the improper result is repaired.
Backpatch to 12.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221005105523.bhuhkdx4olajboof@alvherre.pgsql
Based on the existing coverage report, some combinations were not
checked at all, so add some tests to do so. Spotted while looking at
the area.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y2DNm9u7hzIxCXHn@paquier.xyz
Some cases would result in "cache lookup failed for statistics object",
due to trying to fetch inherited statistics when only non-inherited
ones are available or vice versa.
Richard Guo and Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221030170520.GM16921@telsasoft.com
Add some simple tests that the planner recognizes all the
standard idioms for SEMI and ANTI joins. Failure to optimize
in this way won't necessarily cause any visible change in
query results, so check the plans. We had no similar coverage
before, at least for some variants of antijoin, as noted by
Richard Guo.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-mvPPCJ1W6iK6dD5HiNwoJdi6mZp=-7mE8N9Sh+cd0tQ@mail.gmail.com
When all of the query's DISTINCT pathkeys have been marked as redundant
due to EquivalenceClasses existing which contain constants, we can just
implement the DISTINCT operation on a query by just limiting the number of
returned rows to 1 instead of performing a Unique on all of the matching
(duplicate) rows.
This applies in cases such as:
SELECT DISTINCT col,col2 FROM tab WHERE col = 1 AND col2 = 10;
If there are any matching rows, then they must all be {1,10}. There's no
point in fetching all of those and running a Unique operator on them to
leave only a single row. Here we effectively just find the first row and
then stop. We are obviously unable to apply this optimization if either
the col = 1 or col2 = 10 were missing from the WHERE clause or if there
were any additional columns in the SELECT clause.
Such queries are probably not all that common, but detecting when we can
apply this optimization amounts to checking if the distinct_pathkeys are
NULL, which is very cheap indeed.
Nothing is done here to check if the query already has a LIMIT clause. If
it does then the plan may end up with 2 Limits nodes. There's no harm in
that and it's probably not worth the complexity to unify them into a
single Limit node.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvqS0j8RUWRUSgCAXxOqnYjHUXmKwspRj4GzVfOO25ByHA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/MEYPR01MB7101CD5DA0A07C9DE2B74850A4239@MEYPR01MB7101.ausprd01.prod.outlook.com
When we decide we need to make a derived clause equating a.x and
b.y, we already will re-use a previously-made clause "a.x = b.y".
But we might instead have "b.y = a.x", which is perfectly usable
because equivclass.c has never promised anything about the
operand order in clauses it builds. Saving construction of a
new RestrictInfo doesn't matter all that much in itself --- but
because we cache selectivity estimates and so on per-RestrictInfo,
there's a possibility of saving a fair amount of duplicative
effort downstream.
Hence, check for commutative matches as well as direct ones when
seeing if we have a pre-existing clause. This changes the visible
clause order in several regression test cases, but they're all
clearly-insignificant changes.
Checking for the reverse operand order is simple enough, but
if we wanted to check for operator OID match we'd need to call
get_commutator here, which is not so cheap. I concluded that
we don't really need the operator check anyway, so I just
removed it. It's unlikely that an opfamily contains more than
one applicable operator for a given pair of operand datatypes;
and if it does they had better give the same answers, so there
seems little need to insist that we use exactly the one
select_equality_operator chose.
Using the current core regression suite as a test case, I see
this change reducing the number of new join clauses built by
create_join_clause from 9673 to 5142 (out of 26652 calls).
So not quite 50% savings, but pretty close to it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/78062.1666735746@sss.pgh.pa.us
As the recent commit 05d4cbf (reverted after as a448e49) has proved,
there is zero coverage for the four SQL functions that can scan the
control file data:
- pg_control_checkpoint()
- pg_control_init()
- pg_control_recovery()
- pg_control_system()
This commit adds a minimal coverage for these functions, checking that
their execution is able to complete. This would have been enough to
catch the problems introduced in the commit mentioned above. More
checks could be done for each individual fields, but it is unclear
whether this would be better than the other checks in place in the
backend code.
Per discussion with Bharath Rupireddy.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y1d2FZmQmyAhPSRG@paquier.xyz
These numbers are strictly-monotone identifiers assigned to each rule
of pg_hba_file_rules and each map of pg_ident_file_mappings when loading
the HBA and ident configuration files, indicating the order in which
they are checked at authentication time, until a match is found.
With only one file loaded currently, this is equivalent to the line
numbers assigned to the entries loaded if one wants to know their order,
but this becomes mandatory once the inclusion of external files is
added to the HBA and ident files to be able to know in which order the
rules and/or maps are applied at authentication. Note that NULL is used
when a HBA or ident entry cannot be parsed or validated, aka when an
error exists, contrary to the line number.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220223045959.35ipdsvbxcstrhya@jrouhaud
Commit df3737a651 added an incorrect assertion about the preconditions
for invoking the backup cleanup callback: it misfires at session end in
case a backup completes successfully. Fix it, using coding from Michaël
Paquier. Also add some tests for the various cases.
Reported by Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221021.161038.1277961198945653224.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
While looking at how these are handled in the parser and the executor, I
have noticed that there is no test coverage for most of these when
reverse-engineering an expression for a SQLValueFunction node in
ruleutils.c, including how these are reparsed when included in a FROM
clause. Some hacking in this area has showed me that these could break
easily, so add some coverage to track the existing compatibility.
Extracted from a much larger patch by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YzaG3MoryCguUOym@paquier.xyz
The new tests have been reporting a warning hidden in the logs, as of
"Odd number of elements in hash assignment" (perlcritic or similar did
not report an issue, actually). This comes down to a typo in the test
"matching regexp for username" for a double-quoted regexp using commas,
where we passed an extra argument. The test is intended to pass, but
this was causing the test to fail. This also pointed out that the
newly-added role "md5,role" lacks an entry in the password file used to
provide the password, so add one.
While on it, make the tests pickier by checking the contents of the logs
generated on successful authentication.
Oversights in 8fea868.
As of this commit, any database or user entry beginning with a slash (/)
is considered as a regular expression. This is particularly useful for
users, as now there is no clean way to match pattern on multiple HBA
lines. For example, a user name mapping with a regular expression needs
first to match with a HBA line, and we would skip the follow-up HBA
entries if the ident regexp does *not* match with what has matched in
the HBA line.
pg_hba.conf is able to handle multiple databases and roles with a
comma-separated list of these, hence individual regular expressions that
include commas need to be double-quoted.
At authentication time, user and database names are now checked in the
following order:
- Arbitrary keywords (like "all", the ones beginning by '+' for
membership check), that we know will never have a regexp. A fancy case
is for physical WAL senders, we *have* to only match "replication" for
the database.
- Regular expression matching.
- Exact match.
The previous logic did the same, but without the regexp step.
We have discussed as well the possibility to support regexp pattern
matching for host names, but these happen to lead to tricky issues based
on what I understand, particularly with host entries that have CIDRs.
This commit relies heavily on the refactoring done in a903971 and
fc579e1, so as the amount of code required to compile and execute
regular expressions is now minimal. When parsing pg_hba.conf, all the
computed regexps needs to explicitely free()'d, same as pg_ident.conf.
Documentation and TAP tests are added to cover this feature, including
cases where the regexps use commas (for clarity in the docs, coverage
for the parsing logic in the tests).
Note that this introduces a breakage with older versions, where a
database or user name beginning with a slash are treated as something to
check for an equal match. Per discussion, we have discarded this as
being much of an issue in practice as it would require a cluster to
have database and/or role names that begin with a slash, as well as HBA
entries using these. Hence, the consistency gained with regexps in
pg_ident.conf is more appealing in the long term.
**This compatibility change should be mentioned in the release notes.**
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion, Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fff0d7c1-8ad4-76a1-9db3-0ab6ec338bf7@amazon.com
Various test suites use the "openssl" program as part of their setup.
There isn't a way to override which openssl program is to be used,
other than by fiddling with the path, perhaps. This has gotten
increasingly problematic because different versions of openssl have
different capabilities and do different things by default.
This patch checks for an openssl binary in configure and meson setup,
with appropriate ways to override it. This is similar to how "lz4"
and "zstd" are handled, for example. The meson build system actually
already did this, but the result was only used in some places. This
is now applied more uniformly.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/dc638b75-a16a-007d-9e1c-d16ed6cf0ad2%40enterprisedb.com
This makes the choice of result scale of numeric power() for integer
exponents consistent with the choice for non-integer exponents, and
with the result scale of other numeric functions. Specifically, the
result scale will be at least as large as the scale of either input,
and sufficient to ensure that the result has at least 16 significant
digits.
Formerly, the result scale was based only on the scale of the first
input, without taking into account the weight of the result. For
results with negative weight, that could lead to results with very few
or even no non-zero significant digits (e.g., 10.0 ^ (-18) produced
0.0000000000000000).
Fix this by moving responsibility for the choice of result scale into
power_var_int(), which already has code to estimate the result weight.
Per report by Adrian Klaver and suggested fix by Tom Lane.
No back-patch -- arguably this is a bug fix, but one which is easy to
work around, so it doesn't seem worth the risk of changing query
results in stable branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12a40226-70ac-3a3b-3d3a-fdaf9e32d312%40aklaver.com
Set up a signal handler for INT/TERM so that we run our END block if we
get them. In END, if the exit status indicates a problem, call
_update_pid(-1) to improve chances of the stop working in case start()
hasn't returned yet.
Also, change END's teardown_node() so that it passes fail_ok=>1, so that
if a node fails to stop, we still stop the other nodes in the same test.
Per complaint from Andres Freund.
This doesn't seem important enough to backpatch, at least for now.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220930040734.mbted42oiynhn2t6@awork3.anarazel.de
As currently designed, with a callback registered in a ERROR_CLEANUP
block, the shutdown callback would get called twice when updating
archive_library on SIGHUP, which is something that we want to avoid to
ease the life of extension writers.
Anyway, an ERROR in the archiver process is treated as a FATAL, stopping
it immediately, hence there is no need for a ERROR_CLEANUP block.
Instead of that, the shutdown callback is not called upon
before_shmem_exit(), giving to the modules the opportunity to do any
cleanup actions before the server shuts down its subsystems.
While on it, this commit adds some testing coverage for the shutdown
callback. Neither shell_archive nor basic_archive have been using it,
and one is added to shell_archive, whose trigger is checked in a TAP
test through a shutdown sequence.
Author: Nathan Bossart, Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221015221328.GB1821022@nathanxps13
Backpatch-through: 15
Per discussion, the existing routine name able to initialize a SRF
function with materialize mode is unpopular, so rename it. Equally, the
flags of this function are renamed, as of:
- SRF_SINGLE_USE_EXPECTED -> MAT_SRF_USE_EXPECTED_DESC
- SRF_SINGLE_BLESS -> MAT_SRF_BLESS
The previous function and flags introduced in 9e98583 are kept around
for compatibility purposes, so as any extension code already compiled
with v15 continues to work as-is. The declarations introduced here for
compatibility will be removed from HEAD in a follow-up commit.
The new names have been suggested by Andres Freund and Melanie
Plageman.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221013194820.ciktb2sbbpw7cljm@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch-through: 15
When creating a cast that uses a conversion function, we've
historically allowed the input and result types to be
binary-compatible with the function's input and result types,
rather than necessarily being identical. This means that the new
cast is logically dependent on the binary-compatible cast or casts
that it references: if those are defined by pg_cast entries, and you
try to restore the new cast without having defined them, it'll fail.
Hence, we should make pg_depend entries to record these dependencies
so that pg_dump knows that there is an ordering requirement.
This is not the only place where we allow such shortcuts; aggregate
functions for example are similarly lax, and in principle should gain
similar dependencies. However, for now it seems sufficient to fix
the cast-versus-cast case, as pg_dump's other ordering heuristics
should keep it out of trouble for other object types.
Per report from David Turoň; thanks also to Robert Haas for
preliminary investigation. I considered back-patching, but
seeing that this issue has existed for many years without
previous reports, it's not clear it's worth the trouble.
Moreover, back-patching wouldn't be enough to ensure that the
new pg_depend entries exist in existing databases anyway.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OF0A160F3E.578B15D1-ONC12588DA.003E4857-C12588DA.0045A428@notes.linuxbox.cz
There is already some coverage for that in the kerberos test suite,
though it requires PG_TEST_EXTRA to be set as per its insecure nature.
This provides coverage in a default setup, as long as peer is supported
on the platform where its test is run.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7f87ca27-e184-29da-15d6-8be4325ad02e@gmail.com
If the non-recursive term of a SEARCH BREADTH FIRST recursive
query has only constants in its target list, the planner will
fold the starting RowExpr added by rewrite into a simple Const
of type RECORD. The executor doesn't have any problem with
that --- but EXPLAIN VERBOSE will encounter the Const as the
ultimate source of truth about what the field names of the
SET column are, and it didn't know what to do with that.
Fortunately, we can pull the identifying typmod out of the
Const, in much the same way that record_out would.
For reasons that remain a bit obscure to me, this only fails
with SEARCH BREADTH FIRST, not SEARCH DEPTH FIRST or CYCLE.
But I added regression test cases for both of those options
too, just to make sure we don't break it in future.
Per bug #17644 from Matthijs van der Vleuten. Back-patch
to v14 where these constructs were added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17644-3bd1f3036d6d7a16@postgresql.org
It can be useful to know when a relation has last been used, e.g., when
evaluating whether an index is still required. It was already possible to
infer the time of the last usage by tracking, e.g.,
pg_stat_all_indexes.idx_scan over time. But far from everybody does so.
To make it easier to detect the last time a relation has been scanned, track
that time in each relation's pgstat entry. To minimize overhead a) the
timestamp is updated only when the backend pending stats entry is flushed to
shared stats b) the last transaction's stop timestamp is used as the
timestamp.
Bumps catalog and stats format versions.
Author: Dave Page <dpage@pgadmin.org>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Bruce Momjian <bruce@momjian.us>
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+OCxozrVHNFVEPkweUHMZje+t1tfY816d9MZYc6eZwOOusOaQ@mail.gmail.com
When a query whose results were requested in single-row mode is the last
in the queue by the time those results are being read, the single-row
flag was not being reset, because we were returning early from
pqPipelineProcessQueue. Move that stanza up so that the flag is always
reset at the end of sending that query's results.
Add a test for the situation.
Backpatch to 14.
Author: Denis Laxalde <denis.laxalde@dalibo.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/01af18c5-dacc-a8c8-07ee-aecc7650c3e8@dalibo.com
In FIPS mode, these calls will fail. By having them in a separate
file, it would make it easier to have an alternative output file or
selectively disable these tests. This isn't done here; this is just
some preparation.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/647f6cc1-473d-f788-ade0-c09201e5ab6a@enterprisedb.com
DEFAULT markers appearing in an INSERT on an updatable view
could be mis-processed if they were in a multi-row VALUES clause.
This would lead to strange errors such as "cache lookup failed
for type NNNN", or in older branches even to crashes.
The cause is that commit 41531e42d tried to re-use rewriteValuesRTE()
to remove any SetToDefault nodes (that hadn't previously been replaced
by the view's own default values) appearing in "product" queries,
that is DO ALSO queries. That's fundamentally wrong because the
DO ALSO queries might not even be INSERTs; and even if they are,
their targetlists don't necessarily match the view's column list,
so that almost all the logic in rewriteValuesRTE() is inapplicable.
What we want is a narrow focus on replacing any such nodes with NULL
constants. (That is, in this context we are interpreting the defaults
as being strictly those of the view itself; and we already replaced
any that aren't NULL.) We could add still more !force_nulls tests
to further lobotomize rewriteValuesRTE(); but it seems cleaner to
split out this case to a new function, restoring rewriteValuesRTE()
to the charter it had before.
Per bug #17633 from jiye_sw. Patch by me, but thanks to
Richard Guo and Japin Li for initial investigation.
Back-patch to all supported branches, as the previous fix was.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17633-98cc85e1fa91e905@postgresql.org
This commit expands the coverage of pg_hba.conf with checks specific to
role memberships (one "root" role combined with a member and a
non-member). Coverage is added for the database keywords "samegroup"
and "samerole", where the specified role has to be be a member of the
role with the same name as the requested database, and '+' on the user
entry, where members are allowed. These tests are plugged in the
authentication test 001_password.pl as of extra connection attempts
combined with resets of pg_hba.conf, making them rather cheap.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221009211348.GB900071@nathanxps13
This is useful as a way for extensions to process COPY TO rows in the
way they see fit (say auditing, analytics, backend, etc.) without the
need to invoke an external process running as the OS user running the
backend through PROGRAM that requires superuser rights. COPY FROM
already provides a similar callback for logical replication. For COPY
TO, the callback is triggered when we are ready to send a row in
CopySendEndOfRow(), which is the same code path as when sending a row
to a frontend or a pipe/file.
A small test module, test_copy_callbacks, is added to provide some
coverage for this facility.
Author: Bilva Sanaba, Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/253C21D1-FCEB-41D9-A2AF-E6517015B7D7@amazon.com
There are a number of bugs in this area. Two of them are fixed here,
namely:
1. get_relation_idx_constraint_oid does not restrict the type of
constraint that's returned, so with sufficient bad luck it can
return the OID of a foreign key constraint. This has the effect that
a primary key in a partition can end up as a child of a foreign key,
which makes no sense (it needs to be the child of the equivalent
primary key.)
Change the API contract so that only index-backed constraints are
returned, mimicking get_constraint_index().
2. Both CloneFkReferenced and CloneFkReferencing clone a
self-referencing foreign key, so the partition ends up with
a duplicate foreign key. Change the former function to ignore such
constraints.
Add some tests to verify that things are better now. (However, these
new tests show some additional misbehavior that will be fixed later --
namely that there's a constraint marked NOT VALID.)
Backpatch to 12, where these constraints are possible at all.
Author: Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais <jgdr@dalibo.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220603154232.1715b14c@karst
Previously, the subscription stats entry was created when the first
stats, i.e., an error on apply worker or tablesync worker, were
reported. Therefore, the stats_reset field was not updated by
pg_stat_reset_subscription_stats() if the stats entry was not
populated yet, which was different behavior than other statistics.
This change creates the subscription stats entry and initializes it at
CREATE SUBSCRIPTION time.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Author: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_Zqd-e5imT_3-ZiQv1cfsWuy16OJTiUaCvqpq4V7GVdSg@mail.gmail.com
MemoryContextContains is no longer reliable in the wake of c6e0fe1f2,
so we need to get rid of these uses.
It appears that there's no really good reason to force the result of
an aggregate's finalfn or serialfn to be allocated in the per-tuple
context. The only other plausible case is that the result points to
or into the aggregate's transition value, and that's fine because it
will last as long as we need it to. (This conclusion depends on the
assumption that finalfns are not allowed to scribble on the transition
value, but we've long required that.) So we can just drop the
MemoryContextContains plus datumCopy business, although we do need
to take care to not return a read-write pointer when the transition
value is an expanded datum.
Likewise, we don't really need to force the result of a window
function to be in the output context. In this case, the plausible
alternative is that it's pointing into the temporary tuple slot used
by WinGetFuncArgInPartition or WinGetFuncArgInFrame (since those
functions could return such a pointer, which might become the window
function's result). That will hold still for long enough, unless
there is another window function using the same WindowObject.
I'm content to always perform a datumCopy when there's more than one
such function.
On net, these changes should provide small speed improvements as well
as removing problematic code.
Tom Lane and David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1913788.1664898906@sss.pgh.pa.us
The test is changed to test for connection strings rather than specific
roles, and the reset logic of pg_hba.conf is extended so as the database
and user name entries can be directly specified. This is aimed at being
used as a base for more test scenarios of pg_hba.conf and authentication
paths.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Yz0xO0emJ+mxtj2a@paquier.xyz
The generated resource files aren't exactly the same ones as the old
buildsystems generate. Previously "InternalName" and "OriginalFileName" were
mostly wrong / not set (despite being required), but that was hard to fix in
at least the make build. Additionally, the meson build falls back to a
"auto-generated" description when not set, and doesn't set it in a few cases -
unlikely that anybody looks at these descriptions in detail.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz <byavuz81@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
This reverts commit db0d67db24 and
several follow-on fixes. The idea of making a cost-based choice
of the order of the sorting columns is not fundamentally unsound,
but it requires cost information and data statistics that we don't
really have. For example, relying on procost to distinguish the
relative costs of different sort comparators is pretty pointless
so long as most such comparator functions are labeled with cost 1.0.
Moreover, estimating the number of comparisons done by Quicksort
requires more than just an estimate of the number of distinct values
in the input: you also need some idea of the sizes of the larger
groups, if you want an estimate that's good to better than a factor of
three or so. That's data that's often unknown or not very reliable.
Worse, to arrive at estimates of the number of calls made to the
lower-order-column comparison functions, the code needs to make
estimates of the numbers of distinct values of multiple columns,
which are necessarily even less trustworthy than per-column stats.
Even if all the inputs are perfectly reliable, the cost algorithm
as-implemented cannot offer useful information about how to order
sorting columns beyond the point at which the average group size
is estimated to drop to 1.
Close inspection of the code added by db0d67db2 shows that there
are also multiple small bugs. These could have been fixed, but
there's not much point if we don't trust the estimates to be
accurate in-principle.
Finally, the changes in cost_sort's behavior made for very large
changes (often a factor of 2 or so) in the cost estimates for all
sorting operations, not only those for multi-column GROUP BY.
That naturally changes plan choices in many situations, and there's
precious little evidence to show that the changes are for the better.
Given the above doubts about whether the new estimates are really
trustworthy, it's hard to summon much confidence that these changes
are better on the average.
Since we're hard up against the release deadline for v15, let's
revert these changes for now. We can always try again later.
Note: in v15, I left T_PathKeyInfo in place in nodes.h even though
it's unreferenced. Removing it would be an ABI break, and it seems
a bit late in the release cycle for that.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TYAPR01MB586665EB5FB2C3807E893941F5579@TYAPR01MB5866.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
This commit introduces an authentication test for the peer method, as of
a set of scenarios with and without a user name map. The script is
automatically skipped if peer is not supported in the environment where
this test is run, checking this behavior by attempting a connection
first on a cluster up and running.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/aa60994b-1c66-ca7a-dab9-9a200dbac3d2@amazon.com
I (Álvaro) broke tab-completion for GRANT .. ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA while
removing ALL from the publication syntax for schemas in the
aforementioned commit. I also missed to update a bunch of
tab-completion rules for ALTER/CREATE PUBLICATION that match each
individual piece of ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA. Repair those bugs.
While fixing up that commit, update a couple of outdated comments
related to the same change.
Backpatch to 15.
Author: Shi yu <shiy.fnst@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith <smithpb2250@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSZPR01MB6310FCE8609185A56344EED2FD559@OSZPR01MB6310.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
The one about "terminating process to release replication slot" told
you nothing about why that was happening. The one about "invalidating
slot because its restart_lsn exceeds max_slot_wal_keep_size" told you
what was happening, but violated our message style guideline about
keeping the primary message short. Add DETAIL/HINT lines to carry
the appropriate detail and make the two cases more uniform.
While here, fix bogus test logic in 019_replslot_limit.pl: if it timed
out without seeing the expected log message, no test failure would be
reported. This is flat broken since commit 549ec201d removed the test
counts; even before that it was horribly bad style, since you'd only
get told that not all tests had been run.
Kyotaro Horiguchi, reviewed by Bertrand Drouvot; test fixes by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20211214.130456.2233153190058148084.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Up to now, the ID values returned by pg_stat_get_backend_idset() and
used by pg_stat_get_backend_activity() and allied functions were just
indexes into a local array of sessions seen by the last stats refresh.
This is problematic for a few reasons. The "ID" of a session can vary
over its existence, which is surprising. Also, while these numbers
often match the "backend ID" used for purposes like temp schema
assignment, that isn't reliably true. We can fairly cheaply switch
things around to make these numbers actually be the sessions' backend
IDs. The added test case illustrates that with this definition, the
temp schema used by a given session can be obtained given its PID.
While here, delete some dead code that guarded against getting
a NULL return from pgstat_fetch_stat_local_beentry(). That can't
happen as long as the caller is careful to pass an in-range array
index, as all the callers are. (This code may not have been dead
when written, but it surely is now.)
Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220815205811.GA250990@nathanxps13
SYSTEM_USER is a reserved keyword of the SQL specification that,
roughly described, is aimed at reporting some information about the
system user who has connected to the database server. It may include
implementation-specific information about the means by the user
connected, like an authentication method.
This commit implements SYSTEM_USER as of auth_method:identity, where
"auth_method" is a keyword about the authentication method used to log
into the server (like peer, md5, scram-sha-256, gss, etc.) and
"identity" is the authentication identity as introduced by 9afffcb (peer
sets authn to the OS user name, gss to the user principal, etc.). This
format has been suggested by Tom Lane.
Note that thanks to d951052, SYSTEM_USER is available to parallel
workers.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion, Joe Conway, Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e692b8c-0b11-45db-1cad-3afc5b57409f@amazon.com
This doesn't end up with a triple that's exactly the same as config.guess -
it'd be hard to achieve that and it doesn't seem required. We can't rely on
config.guess as we don't necessarily have a /bin/sh on windows, e.g., when
building on windows with msvc.
This isn't perfect, e.g., clang works on windows as well. But I suspect we'd
need a bunch of other changes to make clang on windows work, and we haven't
supported it historically.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20220928022724.erzuk5v4ai4b53do@awork3.anarazel.de
There are still some alignment-related failures in the buildfarm,
which might or might not be able to be fixed quickly, but I've also
just realized that it increased the size of many WAL records by 4 bytes
because a block reference contains a RelFileLocator. The effect of that
hasn't been studied or discussed, so revert for now.
RelFileNumbers are now assigned using a separate counter, instead of
being assigned from the OID counter. This counter never wraps around:
if all 2^56 possible RelFileNumbers are used, an internal error
occurs. As the cluster is limited to 2^64 total bytes of WAL, this
limitation should not cause a problem in practice.
If the counter were 64 bits wide rather than 56 bits wide, we would
need to increase the width of the BufferTag, which might adversely
impact buffer lookup performance. Also, this lets us use bigint for
pg_class.relfilenode and other places where these values are exposed
at the SQL level without worrying about overflow.
This should remove the need to keep "tombstone" files around until
the next checkpoint when relations are removed. We do that to keep
RelFileNumbers from being recycled, but now that won't happen
anyway. However, this patch doesn't actually change anything in
this area; it just makes it possible for a future patch to do so.
Dilip Kumar, based on an idea from Andres Freund, who also reviewed
some earlier versions of the patch. Further review and some
wordsmithing by me. Also reviewed at various points by Ashutosh
Sharma, Vignesh C, Amul Sul, Álvaro Herrera, and Tom Lane.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobp7+7kmi4gkq7Y+4AM9fTvL+O1oQ4-5gFTT+6Ng-dQ=g@mail.gmail.com
Previously, the transaction-property GUCs such as transaction_isolation
could be reset after starting a transaction, because we marked them
as GUC_NO_RESET_ALL but still allowed a targeted RESET. That leads to
assertion failures or worse, because those properties aren't supposed
to change after we've acquired a transaction snapshot.
There are some NO_RESET_ALL variables for which RESET is okay, so
we can't just redefine the semantics of that flag. Instead introduce
a separate GUC_NO_RESET flag. Mark "seed", as well as the transaction
property GUCs, as GUC_NO_RESET.
We have to disallow GUC_ACTION_SAVE as well as straight RESET, because
otherwise a function having a "SET transaction_isolation" clause can
still break things: the end-of-function restore action is equivalent
to a RESET.
No back-patch, as it's conceivable that someone is doing something
this patch will forbid (like resetting one of these GUCs at transaction
start, or "CREATE FUNCTION ... SET transaction_read_only = 1") and not
running into problems with it today. Given how long we've had this
issue and not noticed, the side effects in non-assert builds can't be
too serious.
Per bug #17385 from Andrew Bille.
Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17385-9ee529fb091f0ce5@postgresql.org
While at it, remove an unused queryString parameter from
CheckPubRelationColumnList() and make other minor stylistic changes.
Backpatch to 15.
Reported by Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Hou zj <houzj.fnst@fujitsu.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220926.160426.454497059203258582.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Commit 25936fd46 adjusted things so that the "storeslot" we use
for remapping trigger tuples would have adequate lifespan, but it
neglected to consider the lifespan of the tuple descriptor that
the slot depends on. It turns out that in at least some cases, the
tupdesc we are passing is a refcounted tupdesc, and the refcount for
the slot's reference can get assigned to a resource owner having
different lifespan than the slot does. That leads to an error like
"tupdesc reference 0x7fdef236a1b8 is not owned by resource owner
SubTransaction". Worse, because of a second oversight in the same
commit, we'd try to free the same tupdesc refcount again while
cleaning up after that error, leading to recursive errors and an
"ERRORDATA_STACK_SIZE exceeded" PANIC.
To fix the initial problem, let's just make a non-refcounted copy
of the tupdesc we're supposed to use. That seems likely to guard
against additional problems, since there's no strong reason for
this code to assume that what it's given is a refcounted tupdesc;
in which case there's an independent hazard of the tupdesc having
shorter lifespan than the slot does. (I didn't bother trying to
free said copy, since it should go away anyway when the (sub)
transaction context is cleaned up.)
The other issue can be fixed by making the code added to
AfterTriggerFreeQuery work like the rest of that function, ie be
sure that it doesn't try to free the same slot twice in the event
of recursive error cleanup.
While here, also clean up minor stylistic issues in the test case
added by 25936fd46: don't use "create or replace function", as any
name collision within the tests is likely to have ill effects
that that won't mask; and don't use function names as generic as
trigger_function1, especially if you're not going to drop them
at the end of the test stanza.
Per bug #17607 from Thomas Mc Kay. Back-patch to v12, as the
previous fix was.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17607-bd8ccc81226f7f80@postgresql.org
Commit 4fb5c794e intended to add coverage of some ambuildempty
methods that were not getting reached, without removing any
test coverage. However, by changing a temp table to unlogged
it managed to negate the intent of 4c51a2d1e, which means that
we didn't have reliable test coverage of ginvacuum.c anymore.
As things stand, much of that file might or might not get reached
depending on timing, which seems pretty undesirable.
Although this is only clearly broken for the GIN test, it seems
best to revert 4fb5c794e altogether and instead add bespoke test
cases covering unlogged indexes for these four AMs. We don't
need to do very much with them, so the extra tests are cheap.
(Note that btree, hash, and bloom already have similar test cases,
so they need no additional work.)
We can also undo dec8ad367. Since the testing deficiency that that
hacked around was later fixed by 2f2e24d90, let's intentionally leave
an unlogged table behind to improve test coverage in the modules that
use the regression database for other test purposes. (The case I used
also leaves an unlogged sequence behind.)
Per report from Alex Kozhemyakin. Back-patch to v15 where the
faulty test came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b00c8ee096ee46cd25c183125562a1a7@postgrespro.ru
Because index creation does not go through heap_create_with_catalog() we
didn't call pgstat_create_relation(), leading to index stats of a newly
created realtion not getting dropped during rollback. To fix, move the
pgstat_create_relation() to heap_create(), which indexes do use.
Similarly, because dropping an index does not go through
heap_drop_with_catalog(), we didn't drop index stats when the transaction
dropping an index committed. Here there's no convenient common path for
indexes and relations, so index_drop() now calls pgstat_drop_relation().
Add tests for transactional index stats handling.
Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bdrouvot@amazon.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/51bbf286-2b4a-8998-bd12-eaae4b765d99@amazon.com
Backpatch: 15-, like 8b1dccd37c, which introduced the bug
The extended query protocol implementation I added in commit
acb7e4eb6b has bugs when used in pipeline mode. Rather than spend
more time trying to fix it, remove that code and make the function rely
on simple query protocol only, meaning it can no longer be used in
pipeline mode.
Users can easily change their applications to use PQsendQueryParams
instead. We leave PQsendQuery in place for Postgres 14, just in case
somebody is using it and has not hit the mentioned bugs; but we should
recommend that it not be used.
Backpatch to 15.
Per bug report from Gabriele Varrazzo.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+mi_8ZGSQNmW6-mk_iSR4JZB_LJ4ww3suOF+1vGNs3MrLsv4g@mail.gmail.com
The "emulation" I wrote for PQsendQuery in pipeline mode to use extended
query protocol, in commit acb7e4eb6b, is problematic. Due to numerous
bugs we'll soon remove it. As a first step and for all branches back to
14, stop using PQsendQuery in libpq_pipeline. Also remove a few test
lines that will no longer be relevant.
Backpatch to 14.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+mi_8ZGSQNmW6-mk_iSR4JZB_LJ4ww3suOF+1vGNs3MrLsv4g@mail.gmail.com
We previously thought that allowing such cases can confuse users when they
specify DROP TABLES IN SCHEMA but that doesn't seem to be the case based
on discussion. This helps to uplift the restriction during
ALTER TABLE ... SET SCHEMA which used to ensure that we couldn't end up
with a publication having both a schema and the same schema's table.
To allow this, we need to forbid having any schema on a publication if
column lists on a table are specified (and vice versa). This is because
otherwise we still need a restriction during ALTER TABLE ... SET SCHEMA to
forbid cases where it could lead to a publication having both a schema and
the same schema's table with column list.
Based on suggestions by Peter Eisentraut.
Author: Hou Zhijie and Vignesh C
Reviewed-By: Peter Smith, Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 15, where it was introduced
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2729c9e2-9aac-8cda-f2f4-34f2bcc18f4e@enterprisedb.com
This may be a bit too subtle, but removing that word from there makes
this clause no longer a perfect parallel of the GRANT variant "ALL
TABLES IN SCHEMA": indeed, for publications what we record is the schema
itself, not the tables therein, which means that any tables added to the
schema in the future are also published. This is completely different
to what GRANT does, which is affect only the tables that exist when the
command is executed.
There isn't resounding support for this change, but there are a few
positive votes and no opposition. Because the time to 15 RC1 is very
short, let's get this out now.
Backpatch to 15.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2729c9e2-9aac-8cda-f2f4-34f2bcc18f4e
Autoconf is showing its age, fewer and fewer contributors know how to wrangle
it. Recursive make has a lot of hard to resolve dependency issues and slow
incremental rebuilds. Our home-grown MSVC build system is hard to maintain for
developers not using Windows and runs tests serially. While these and other
issues could individually be addressed with incremental improvements, together
they seem best addressed by moving to a more modern build system.
After evaluating different build system choices, we chose to use meson, to a
good degree based on the adoption by other open source projects.
We decided that it's more realistic to commit a relatively early version of
the new build system and mature it in tree.
This commit adds an initial version of a meson based build system. It supports
building postgres on at least AIX, FreeBSD, Linux, macOS, NetBSD, OpenBSD,
Solaris and Windows (however only gcc is supported on aix, solaris). For
Windows/MSVC postgres can now be built with ninja (faster, particularly for
incremental builds) and msbuild (supporting the visual studio GUI, but
building slower).
Several aspects (e.g. Windows rc file generation, PGXS compatibility, LLVM
bitcode generation, documentation adjustments) are done in subsequent commits
requiring further review. Other aspects (e.g. not installing test-only
extensions) are not yet addressed.
When building on Windows with msbuild, builds are slower when using a visual
studio version older than 2019, because those versions do not support
MultiToolTask, required by meson for intra-target parallelism.
The plan is to remove the MSVC specific build system in src/tools/msvc soon
after reaching feature parity. However, we're not planning to remove the
autoconf/make build system in the near future. Likely we're going to keep at
least the parts required for PGXS to keep working around until all supported
versions build with meson.
Some initial help for postgres developers is at
https://wiki.postgresql.org/wiki/Meson
With contributions from Thomas Munro, John Naylor, Stone Tickle and others.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz <byavuz81@gmail.com>
Author: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-By: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20211012083721.hvixq4pnh2pixr3j@alap3.anarazel.de
For publication schemas (OBJECT_PUBLICATION_NAMESPACE) and user
mappings (OBJECT_USER_MAPPING), pg_get_object_address() checked the
array length of the second argument, but not of the first argument.
If the first argument was too long, it would just silently ignore
everything but the first argument. Fix that by checking the length of
the first argument as well.
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/caaef70b-a874-1088-92ef-5ac38269c33b%40enterprisedb.com
To avoid duplicating the PG_TEST_EXTRA logic in Makefiles into the upcoming
meson based build definition, move the checks into the the tests
themselves. That also has the advantage of making skipped tests visible.
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz <byavuz81@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7dae5979-c6c0-cec5-7a36-76a85aa8053d@enterprisedb.com
The motivation for this is twofold. For one the meson patchset would like to
have more control over the logfiles. For another, the log file location for
tap tests (tmp_check/log) is not symmetric to the log location for
pg_regress/isolation tests (log/).
This commit does not change the default location for log files for tap tests,
as that'd break the buildfarm log collection, it just provides the
infrastructure for doing so.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1131990.1660661896@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220828170806.GN2342@telsasoft.com
This is motivated by the meson patchset, which wants to put the log / data for
tests in a different place than the autoconf build. Right now log files for
tap tests have to be inside $TESTDIR/tmp_check, whereas log files for
pg_regress/isolationtester are outside of tmp_check. This change doesn't fix
the latter, but is a prerequisite.
The only test that needs adjustment is 010_tab_completion.pl, as it hardcoded
the tmp_check/ directory. Instead create a dedicated directory for the test
files. It's also a bit cleaner independently, because it doesn't intermingle
the test files with more important things like the log/ directory.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1131990.1660661896@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d861493c-ed20-c251-7a89-7924f5197341@enterprisedb.com
Make regex code consistently use named parameters in function
declarations. Also make sure that parameter names from each function's
declaration match corresponding definition parameter names.
This makes Henry Spencer's regex code follow Postgres coding standards.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznJt9CMM9KJTMjJh_zbL5hD9oX44qdJ4aqZtjFi-zA3Tg@mail.gmail.com
Very occasionally the stats test failed due to the number of sessions not
being updated yet. Likely this requires that there is contention on the
database's stats entry. Solve this by forcing pending stats to be flushed
before fetching the stats.
I verified that there are no other test failures after making
pgstat_report_stat() only flush stats when force = true.
Per message from Tom Lane and buildfarm member crake.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3428246.1663271992@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch: 15-, where 5264add784 added the test
I happened to notice that libpq_pipeline's private implementation
of pg_fatal lacked any pg_attribute_printf decoration. Indeed,
adding that turned up a mistake! We'd likely never have noticed
because the error exits in this code are unlikely to get hit,
but still, it's a bug.
We're so used to having the compiler check this stuff for us that
a printf-like function without pg_attribute_printf is a land mine.
I wonder if there is a way to detect such omissions.
Back-patch to v14 where this code came in.
Various bits of code were declaring signal handlers manually,
using "int signum" or variants of that. We evidently have no
platforms where that's actually wrong, but let's use our
SIGNAL_ARGS macro everywhere anyway. If nothing else, it's
good for finding signal handlers easily.
No need for back-patch, since this is just cosmetic AFAICS.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2684964.1663167995@sss.pgh.pa.us
The oldest vendor-shipped Perl in the buildfarm is 5.14.2, which is
the last version that Debian Wheezy shipped. That OS is EOL, but we
keep it running because there is no other convenient way to test certain
non-mainstream 32-bit platforms. There is no bugfix in the 5.14.2 release
that is required, and yet it's also not the latest minor release --
that would be 5.14.4. To clarify the situation, we have thus arranged the
buildfarm to test 5.14.0. That allows configure scripts and documentation
to state 5.14 without fine print.
The MSVC build didn't check the version, since our previous minimum 5.8.3
was considered too old to check for on Windows. We will need a check for
Windows sometime during the v16 cycle, but that could be rendered moot
by the impending Meson conversion, so it seems safe to just document
the requirement for now.
Reviewed by Tom Lane
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20220902181553.ev4pgzhubhdkguuv@awork3.anarazel.de
guc.c has grown to be one of our largest .c files, making it
a bottleneck for compilation. It's also acquired a bunch of
knowledge that'd be better kept elsewhere, because of our not
very good habit of putting variable-specific check hooks here.
Hence, split it up along these lines:
* guc.c itself retains just the core GUC housekeeping mechanisms.
* New file guc_funcs.c contains the SET/SHOW interfaces and some
SQL-accessible functions for GUC manipulation.
* New file guc_tables.c contains the data arrays that define the
built-in GUC variables, along with some already-exported constant
tables.
* GUC check/assign/show hook functions are moved to the variable's
home module, whenever that's clearly identifiable. A few hard-
to-classify hooks ended up in commands/variable.c, which was
already a home for miscellaneous GUC hook functions.
To avoid cluttering a lot more header files with #include "guc.h",
I also invented a new header file utils/guc_hooks.h and put all
the GUC hook functions' declarations there, regardless of their
originating module. That allowed removal of #include "guc.h"
from some existing headers. The fallout from that (hopefully
all caught here) demonstrates clearly why such inclusions are
best minimized: there are a lot of files that, for example,
were getting array.h at two or more levels of remove, despite
not having any connection at all to GUCs in themselves.
There is some very minor code beautification here, such as
renaming a couple of inconsistently-named hook functions
and improving some comments. But mostly this just moves
code from point A to point B and deals with the ensuing
needs for #include adjustments and exporting a few functions
that previously weren't exported.
Patch by me, per a suggestion from Andres Freund; thanks also
to Michael Paquier for the idea to invent guc_funcs.c.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/587607.1662836699@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 3a0e385048 introduced a new path for unauthenticated bytes from
the client certificate to be printed unescaped to the logs. There are a
handful of these already, but it doesn't make sense to keep making the
problem worse. \x-escape any unprintable bytes.
The test case introduces a revoked UTF-8 certificate. This requires the
addition of the `-utf8` flag to `openssl req`. Since the existing
certificates all use an ASCII subset, this won't modify the existing
certificates' subjects if/when they get regenerated; this was verified
experimentally with
$ make sslfiles-clean
$ make sslfiles
Unfortunately the test can't be run in the CI yet due to a test timing
issue; see 55828a6b60.
Author: Jacob Champion <jchampion@timescale.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAAWbhmgsvHrH9wLU2kYc3pOi1KSenHSLAHBbCVmmddW6-mc_=w@mail.gmail.com
Commit c4c340088 changed geometric operators to use float4 and float8
functions, and handle NaN's in a better way. The circle sameness test
had a typo in the code which resulted in all comparisons with the left
circle having a NaN radius considered same.
postgres=# select '<(0,0),NaN>'::circle ~= '<(0,0),1>'::circle;
?column?
----------
t
(1 row)
This fixes the sameness test to consider the radius of both the left
and right circle.
Backpatch to v12 where this was introduced.
Author: Ranier Vilela <ranier.vf@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQAo8dK=yctg2ZzjJuzV4zgOPBxRU5+Kb+yatFiddtQk6Rw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: v12
During ALTER TABLE ATTACH PARTITION, if the name of a parent's foreign
key constraint is already used on the partition, the code tries to
choose another one before the FK attributes list has been populated,
so the resulting constraint name was "<relname>__fkey" instead of
"<relname>_<attrs>_fkey". Repair, and add a test case.
Backpatch to 12. In 11, the code to attach a partition was not smart
enough to cope with conflicting constraint names, so the problem doesn't
exist there.
Author: Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais <jgdr@dalibo.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220901184156.738ebee5@karst
This commit raises a warning message for a combination of options
('copy_data = true' and 'origin = none') during CREATE/ALTER subscription
operations if the publication tables were also replicated from other
publishers.
During replication, we can skip the data from other origins as we have that
information in WAL but that is not possible during initial sync so we raise
a warning if there is such a possibility.
Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-By: Peter Smith, Amit Kapila, Jonathan Katz, Shi yu, Wang wei
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0gwjY_4HFxvvty01BOT01q_fJLKQ3pWP9=9orqubhjcQ@mail.gmail.com
The addition of published column names forgot to filter on attisdropped,
leading to cases where you could see "........pg.dropped.1........"
or the like as a reportedly-published column.
While we're here, rewrite the new subquery to get a more efficient plan
for it.
Hou Zhijie, per report from Jaime Casanova. Back-patch to v15 where
the bug was introduced. (Sadly, this means we need a post-beta4
catversion bump before beta4 has even hit the streets. I see no
good alternative though.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Yxa1SU4nH2HfN3/i@ahch-to
Commit db0d67db2 tweaked sort costing, which however resulted in a
couple plan changes in our regression tests. Most of the new plans were
fine, but partition_aggregate were meant to test parallel plans and the
new plans were serial.
Fix that by lowering parallel_setup_cost to 0, which is enough to switch
to the parallel plan again.
Commit 1349d2790 already made the plans parallel again, but do this
anyway to keep the tests in sync with 15, to make backpatching simpler.
Report and patch by David Rowley.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpVFgWzXdtUQkjyOPhNrNvumRi_=ftgS79KeAZ92tnHKQ@mail.gmail.com
The reverts the following and makes some associated cleanups:
commit f79b803dc: Common SQL/JSON clauses
commit f4fb45d15: SQL/JSON constructors
commit 5f0adec25: Make STRING an unreserved_keyword.
commit 33a377608: IS JSON predicate
commit 1a36bc9db: SQL/JSON query functions
commit 606948b05: SQL JSON functions
commit 49082c2cc: RETURNING clause for JSON() and JSON_SCALAR()
commit 4e34747c8: JSON_TABLE
commit fadb48b00: PLAN clauses for JSON_TABLE
commit 2ef6f11b0: Reduce running time of jsonb_sqljson test
commit 14d3f24fa: Further improve jsonb_sqljson parallel test
commit a6baa4bad: Documentation for SQL/JSON features
commit b46bcf7a4: Improve readability of SQL/JSON documentation.
commit 112fdb352: Fix finalization for json_objectagg and friends
commit fcdb35c32: Fix transformJsonBehavior
commit 4cd8717af: Improve a couple of sql/json error messages
commit f7a605f63: Small cleanups in SQL/JSON code
commit 9c3d25e17: Fix JSON_OBJECTAGG uniquefying bug
commit a79153b7a: Claim SQL standard compliance for SQL/JSON features
commit a1e7616d6: Rework SQL/JSON documentation
commit 8d9f9634e: Fix errors in copyfuncs/equalfuncs support for JSON node types.
commit 3c633f32b: Only allow returning string types or bytea from json_serialize
commit 67b26703b: expression eval: Fix EEOP_JSON_CONSTRUCTOR and EEOP_JSONEXPR size.
The release notes are also adjusted.
Backpatch to release 15.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/40d2c882-bcac-19a9-754d-4299e1d87ac7@postgresql.org
Buildfarm member bowerbird is (inconsistently) showing different
results for this test case since we enabled ASLR for MSVC builds.
It's not very clear whether that's a bug in its version of libxml2
or the test case is relying on nominally-undefined behavior, ie the
ordering of results from XPath's node(). It seems quite unlikely
that it's *our* bug though, and what's more, using node() adds
nothing to the test coverage so far as our code is concerned.
So, tweak the test to not use node().
For the moment, only change HEAD because we've only seen the
problem there. Perhaps a case will emerge for back-patching.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2655387.1661695793@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit e3ce2de09d rearranged this
function to be able to identify which inherited role had admin option
on the target role, but it got the order of operations wrong, causing
the function to return wrong answers in the presence of non-inherited
grants.
Fix that, and add a test case that verifies the correct behavior.
Patch by me, reviewed by Nathan Bossart
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYamnu-xt-u7CqjYWnRiJ6BQaSpYOHXP=r4QGTfd1N_EA@mail.gmail.com
More than twenty years ago (79fcde48b), we hacked the postmaster
to avoid a core-dump on systems that didn't support fflush(NULL).
We've mostly, though not completely, hewed to that rule ever since.
But such systems are surely gone in the wild, so in the spirit of
cleaning out no-longer-needed portability hacks let's get rid of
multiple per-file fflush() calls in favor of using fflush(NULL).
Also, we were fairly inconsistent about whether to fflush() before
popen() and system() calls. While we've received no bug reports
about that, it seems likely that at least some of these call sites
are at risk of odd behavior, such as error messages appearing in
an unexpected order. Rather than expend a lot of brain cells
figuring out which places are at hazard, let's just establish a
uniform coding rule that we should fflush(NULL) before these calls.
A no-op fflush() is surely of trivial cost compared to launching
a sub-process via a shell; while if it's not a no-op then we likely
need it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2923412.1661722825@sss.pgh.pa.us
The GRANT statement can now specify WITH INHERIT TRUE or WITH
INHERIT FALSE to control whether the member inherits the granted
role's permissions. For symmetry, you can now likewise write
WITH ADMIN TRUE or WITH ADMIN FALSE to turn ADMIN OPTION on or off.
If a GRANT does not specify WITH INHERIT, the behavior based on
whether the member role is marked INHERIT or NOINHERIT. This means
that if all roles are marked INHERIT or NOINHERIT before any role
grants are performed, the behavior is identical to what we had before;
otherwise, it's different, because ALTER ROLE [NO]INHERIT now only
changes the default behavior of future grants, and has no effect on
existing ones.
Patch by me. Reviewed and testing by Nathan Bossart and Tushar Ahuja,
with design-level comments from various others.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmoa5Sf4PiWrfxA=sGzDKg0Ojo3dADw=wAHOhR9dggV=RmQ@mail.gmail.com
Previously, membership of role A in role B could be recorded in the
catalog tables only once. This meant that a new grant of role A to
role B would overwrite the previous grant. For other object types, a
new grant of permission on an object - in this case role A - exists
along side the existing grant provided that the grantor is different.
Either grant can be revoked independently of the other, and
permissions remain so long as at least one grant remains. Make role
grants work similarly.
Previously, when granting membership in a role, the superuser could
specify any role whatsoever as the grantor, but for other object types,
the grantor of record must be either the owner of the object, or a
role that currently has privileges to perform a similar GRANT.
Implement the same scheme for role grants, treating the bootstrap
superuser as the role owner since roles do not have owners. This means
that attempting to revoke a grant, or admin option on a grant, can now
fail if there are dependent privileges, and that CASCADE can be used
to revoke these. It also means that you can't grant ADMIN OPTION on
a role back to a user who granted it directly or indirectly to you,
similar to how you can't give WITH GRANT OPTION on a privilege back
to a role which granted it directly or indirectly to you.
Previously, only the superuser could specify GRANTED BY with a user
other than the current user. Relax that rule to allow the grantor
to be any role whose privileges the current user posseses. This
doesn't improve compatibility with what we do for other object types,
where support for GRANTED BY is entirely vestigial, but it makes this
feature more usable and seems to make sense to change at the same time
we're changing related behaviors.
Along the way, fix "ALTER GROUP group_name ADD USER user_name" to
require the same privileges as "GRANT group_name TO user_name".
Previously, CREATEROLE privileges were sufficient for either, but
only the former form was permissible with ADMIN OPTION on the role.
Now, either CREATEROLE or ADMIN OPTION on the role suffices for
either spelling.
Patch by me, reviewed by Stephen Frost.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaFr-RZeQ+WoQ5nKPv97oT9+aDgK_a5+qWHSgbDsMp1Vg@mail.gmail.com
The ecpg tests have their input directory in the build directory, as the tests
need to be built. Until now that required copying the expected/ directory to
the build directory in VPATH builds. To avoid needing to implement the same
for the meson build, add support for specifying the location of the expected
directory.
Now that that's not needed anymore, remove the copying of ecpg's expected
directory to the build directory in VPATH builds.
Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz <byavuz81@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220718202327.pspcqz5mwbi2yb7w@awork3.anarazel.de
Previously, "GRANT foo TO bar" or "GRANT foo TO bar GRANTED BY baz"
would record the OID of the grantor in pg_auth_members.grantor, but
that role could later be dropped without modifying or removing the
pg_auth_members record. That's not great, because we typically try
to avoid dangling references in catalog data.
Now, a role grant depends on the grantor, and the grantor can't be
dropped without removing the grant or changing the grantor. "DROP
OWNED BY" will remove the grant, just as it does for other kinds of
privileges. "REASSIGN OWNED BY" will not, again just like what we do
in other cases involving privileges.
pg_auth_members now has an OID column, because that is needed in order
for dependencies to work. It also now has an index on the grantor
column, because otherwise dropping a role would require a sequential
scan of the entire table to see whether the role's OID is in use as
a grantor. That probably wouldn't be too large a problem in practice,
but it seems better to have an index just in case.
A follow-on patch is planned with the goal of more thoroughly
rationalizing the behavior of role grants. This patch is just trying
to do enough to make sure that the data we store in the catalogs is at
some basic level valid.
Patch by me, reviewed by Stephen Frost
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaFr-RZeQ+WoQ5nKPv97oT9+aDgK_a5+qWHSgbDsMp1Vg@mail.gmail.com
When creating a partitioned index, DefineIndex tries to identify
any existing indexes on the partitions that match the partitioned
index, so that it can absorb those as child indexes instead of
building new ones. Part of the matching is to compare IndexInfo
structs --- but that wasn't done quite right. We're comparing
the IndexInfo built within DefineIndex itself to one made from
existing catalog contents by BuildIndexInfo. Notably, while
BuildIndexInfo will run index expressions and predicates through
expression preprocessing, that has not happened to DefineIndex's
struct. The result is failure to match and subsequent creation
of duplicate indexes.
The easiest and most bulletproof fix is to build a new IndexInfo
using BuildIndexInfo, thereby guaranteeing that the processing done
is identical.
While here, let's also extract the opfamily and collation data
from the new partitioned index, removing ad-hoc logic that
duplicated knowledge about how those are constructed.
Per report from Christophe Pettus. Back-patch to v11 where
we invented partitioned indexes.
Richard Guo and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8864BFAA-81FD-4BF9-8E06-7DEB8D4164ED@thebuild.com
Make build_joinrel_tlist() responsible for adding PHVs that were
already computed in one or the other input relation, and therefore
change add_placeholders_to_joinrel() to only add PHVs that will be
newly computed in this joinrel's output. This makes the handling
of PHVs in build_joinrel_tlist() more like its handling of plain
Vars, which seems like a good thing on intelligibility grounds
and will simplify planned future changes. There is a purely
cosmetic side-effect that the order of entries in the joinrel's
tlist may change; but since it becomes more like the order of
entries in the input tlists, that's not bad.
The reason it wasn't done like this originally was the potential
cost of looking up PlaceHolderInfo entries to consult ph_needed.
Now that that's O(1) it shouldn't hurt.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1405792.1660677844@sss.pgh.pa.us
The standard way to check for list emptiness is to compare the
List pointer to NIL; our list code goes out of its way to ensure
that that is the only representation of an empty list. (An
acceptable alternative is a plain boolean test for non-null
pointer, but explicit mention of NIL is usually preferable.)
Various places didn't get that memo and expressed the condition
with list_length(), which might not be so bad except that there
were such a variety of ways to check it exactly: equal to zero,
less than or equal to zero, less than one, yadda yadda. In the
name of code readability, let's standardize all those spellings
as "list == NIL" or "list != NIL". (There's probably some
microscopic efficiency gain too, though few of these look to be
at all performance-critical.)
A very small number of cases were left as-is because they seemed
more consistent with other adjacent list_length tests that way.
Peter Smith, with bikeshedding from a number of us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PtQYe+ENX5KrONMfugf0q6NHg4hR5dAhqEXEc2eefFeig@mail.gmail.com
This event can happen when using SET ACCESS METHOD, as the data files of
the materialized need a full refresh but this command tag was not
updated to reflect that. The documentation is updated to track this
behavior.
Author: Onder Kalaci
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACawEhXwHN3X34FiwoYG8vXR-oyUdrp7qcfRWSzS+NPahS5gSw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 15
The current publisher code checks if UPDATE or DELETE can be executed with
the replica identity of the table even if it's a partitioned table. We can
skip checking the replica identity for partitioned tables because the
operations are actually performed on the leaf partitions (not the
partitioned table).
Reported-by: Brad Nicholson
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMMnM%3D8i5DohH%3DYKzV0_wYuYSYvuOJoL9F5nzXTc%2ByzsG1f6rg%40mail.gmail.com
Since HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS is now defined unconditionally, remove the macro
and drop a small amount of dead code.
The last known systems not to have them (as far as I know at least) were
QNX, which we de-supported years ago, and Windows, which now has them.
If a new OS ever shows up with the POSIX sockets API but without working
AF_UNIX, it'll presumably still be able to compile the code, and fail at
runtime with an unsupported address family error. We might want to
consider adding a HINT that you should turn off the option to use it if
your network stack doesn't support it at that point, but it doesn't seem
worth making the relevant code conditional at compile time.
Also adjust a couple of places in the docs and comments that referred to
builds without Unix-domain sockets, since there aren't any. Windows
still gets a special mention in those places, though, because we don't
try to use them by default there yet.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BL_3brvh%3D8e0BW_VfX9h7MtwgN%3DnFHP5o7X2oZucY9dg%40mail.gmail.com
Andres Freund
Alvaro Herrera
Peter Eisentraut
Masahiko Sawada
Michael Paquier
Jeff Davis
Nathan Bossart
Daniel Gustafsson
David Rowley
Tomas Vondra
Tom Lane
Alexander Korotkov
Thomas Munro
Amit Kapila
Noah Misch
Peter Geoghegan
Stephen Frost
Robert Haas
Andrew Dunstan
Dean Rasheed
Bruce Momjian
Etsuro Fujita
John Naylor